2006 Nissan X Trail 52419

ENGINE MECHANICAL
B ENGINE
SECTION
ENGINE MECHANICAL
EM EM
E
CONTENTS
QR INSTALLATION ................................................... 19 F
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 20
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 5 Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ...................... 21
Precautions for Drain Engine Coolant ...................... 5 REMOVAL ........................................................... 21 G
Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping .............. 5 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 23
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly ............. 5 INSTALLATION ................................................... 23
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replace- INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 24
ment ......................................................................... 5 H
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATA-
Precautions for Assembly and Installation ............... 5 LYST .......................................................................... 25
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening ............................. 5 Removal and Installation ........................................ 25
Precautions for Liquid Gasket .................................. 6 REMOVAL ........................................................... 25 I
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET .......................... 6 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 26
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE..... 6 INSTALLATION ................................................... 26
PREPARATION ........................................................... 7 OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ................................. 27 J
Special Service Tools ............................................... 7 Removal and Installation ........................................ 27
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 9 REMOVAL ........................................................... 27
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ....................... 29
TROUBLESHOOTING ...............................................11 K
INSTALLATION ................................................... 29
NVH Troubleshooting — Engine Noise ...................11 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 30
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause IGNITION COIL ......................................................... 31
of the Symptom. ..................................................... 12 Removal and Installation ........................................ 31 L
DRIVE BELTS ........................................................... 13 REMOVAL ........................................................... 31
Checking Drive Belts .............................................. 13 INSTALLATION ................................................... 31
Tension Adjustment ................................................ 13 SPARK PLUG ........................................................... 32 M
Removal and Installation ........................................ 13 Removal and Installation ........................................ 32
REMOVAL ........................................................... 13 REMOVAL ........................................................... 32
INSTALLATION ................................................... 14 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (EXCEPT
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-Ten- RUSSIA) .............................................................. 32
sioner ..................................................................... 14 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (FOR RUS-
REMOVAL ........................................................... 14 SIA) ..................................................................... 33
INSTALLATION ................................................... 15 INSTALLATION ................................................... 33
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ............................... 16 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ........................ 34
Removal and Installation ........................................ 16 Removal and Installation (QR20DE) ...................... 34
REMOVAL ........................................................... 16 REMOVAL ........................................................... 34
INSTALLATION ................................................... 17 INSTALLATION ................................................... 36
Changing Air Cleaner Filter .................................... 17 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 38
REMOVAL ........................................................... 17 Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ...................... 39
INSTALLATION ................................................... 17 REMOVAL ........................................................... 39
INTAKE MANIFOLD ................................................. 18 INSTALLATION ................................................... 41
Removal and Installation (QR20DE) ...................... 18 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 43
REMOVAL ........................................................... 18
EM-1
ROCKER COVER ..................................................... 44 CYLINDER BLOCK ...................................................89
Removal and Installation ........................................ 44 Disassembly and Assembly ....................................89
REMOVAL ........................................................... 44 DISASSEMBLY ....................................................90
INSTALLATION .................................................... 45 ASSEMBLY ..........................................................94
TIMING CHAIN .......................................................... 46 How to Select Piston and Bearing ..........................99
Removal and Installation ........................................ 46 DESCRIPTION ....................................................99
REMOVAL ........................................................... 46 HOW TO SELECT PISTON ............................... 100
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ........................ 50 HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEAR-
INSTALLATION .................................................... 51 ING ..................................................................... 100
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 55 HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING .................. 102
CAMSHAFT ............................................................... 56 Inspection after Disassembly ................................ 107
Removal and Installation ........................................ 56 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY ................................ 107
REMOVAL ........................................................... 56 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE ......... 107
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ........................ 58 PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE ..... 107
INSTALLATION .................................................... 61 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE ................... 108
Valve Clearance ...................................................... 64 PISTON RING END GAP .................................. 108
INSPECTION ....................................................... 64 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION ..... 109
ADJUSTMENT .................................................... 66 CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER ...... 109
OIL SEAL .................................................................. 67 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEAR-
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ............. 67 ANCE ................................................................. 109
REMOVAL ........................................................... 67 CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION .................... 110
INSTALLATION .................................................... 67 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER. 111
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ............. 67 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE . 111
REMOVAL ........................................................... 67 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ... 112
INSTALLATION .................................................... 68 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ...... 113
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal .............. 68 OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANK-
REMOVAL ........................................................... 68 SHAFT ............................................................... 113
INSTALLATION .................................................... 68 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT .................................. 113
CYLINDER HEAD ..................................................... 70 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEAR-
On-Vehicle Service ................................................. 70 ANCE ................................................................. 113
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE ......... 70 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE ................... 114
Removal and Installation ........................................ 71 MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT .................... 115
REMOVAL ........................................................... 71 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ........................ 72 HEIGHT ............................................................. 115
INSTALLATION .................................................... 73 LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK MOUNTING BOLT
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 73 OUTER DIAMETER ........................................... 115
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 74 CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER. 115
DISASSEMBLY ................................................... 74 FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS) ...... 116
ASSEMBLY ......................................................... 75 MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T
Inspection after Disassembly .................................. 77 MODELS) ........................................................... 116
VALVE DIMENSIONS .......................................... 77 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 117
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE .............................. 77 Standard and Limit ................................................ 117
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT ......................... 77 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................... 117
VALVE SEAT CONTACT ..................................... 79 DRIVE BELT ...................................................... 117
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT ........................... 79 INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANI-
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS ......................... 80 FOLD ................................................................. 117
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPARK PLUG .................................................... 117
SPRING PRESSURE LOAD ............................... 80 CYLINDER HEAD .............................................. 117
ENGINE ASSEMBLY ................................................ 81 VALVE ................................................................ 118
Removal and Installation (2WD Models) ................ 81 CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING ......... 121
REMOVAL ........................................................... 82 CYLINDER BLOCK ............................................ 122
INSTALLATION .................................................... 83 PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN ...... 123
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 84 CONNECTING ROD .......................................... 124
Removal and Installation (4WD Models) ................ 85 CRANKSHAFT ................................................... 124
REMOVAL ........................................................... 85 MAIN BEARING ................................................. 126
INSTALLATION .................................................... 88 CONNECTING ROD BEARING ......................... 127
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ................ 88 Tightening Torque ................................................. 127
EM-2
YD22DDTi EXHAUST MANIFOLD ........................................... 159
Removal and Installation ...................................... 159 A
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 130 REMOVAL ......................................................... 159
Precautions for Draining Engine Coolant ............. 130 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 160
Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping .......... 130 INSTALLATION ................................................. 160
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly ......... 130 EM
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 160
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replace- OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ............................... 161
ment ..................................................................... 130 Removal and Installation ...................................... 161
Precautions for Assembly and Installation ........... 130 REMOVAL ......................................................... 161 C
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening ......................... 130 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 163
Precautions for Liquid Gasket .............................. 131 INSTALLATION ................................................. 163
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET ...................... 131 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 165 D
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE. 131 GLOW PLUG .......................................................... 166
PREPARATION ....................................................... 132 Removal and Installation ...................................... 166
Special Service Tools ........................................... 132 REMOVAL ......................................................... 166 E
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 135 INSTALLATION ................................................. 166
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) VACUUM PUMP ...................................................... 167
TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................ 137 Removal and Installation ...................................... 167
NVH Troubleshooting — Engine Noise ................ 137 INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL .................. 167 F
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause REMOVAL ......................................................... 167
of the Symptom. ................................................... 138 INSTALLATION ................................................. 168
DRIVE BELTS ......................................................... 139 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 169 G
Checking Drive Belts ............................................ 139 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 169
Tension Adjustment .............................................. 139 DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 170
A/C COMPRESSOR BELT ............................... 140 ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 170 H
ALTERNATOR AND WATER PUMP BELT ....... 140 INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR ............ 171
Removal and Installation ...................................... 140 Removal and Installation ...................................... 171
REMOVAL ......................................................... 140 REMOVAL ......................................................... 171
INSTALLATION ................................................. 140 I
INSTALLATION ................................................. 173
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ............................. 141 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 175
Removal and Installation ...................................... 141 FUEL PUMP ............................................................ 176
REMOVAL ......................................................... 141 Removal and Installation ...................................... 176 J
INSTALLATION ................................................. 142 REMOVAL ......................................................... 176
CHANGING AIR CLEANER FILTER ................. 142 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 180
CHARGE AIR COOLER ......................................... 143 INSTALLATION ................................................. 180 K
Removal and Installation ...................................... 143 ROCKER COVER ................................................... 183
REMOVAL ......................................................... 143 Removal and Installation ...................................... 183
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 143 REMOVAL ......................................................... 183
INSTALLATION ................................................. 144 L
INSTALLATION ................................................. 184
INTAKE MANIFOLD ............................................... 145 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 184
Removal and Installation ...................................... 145 CAMSHAFT ............................................................ 185
REMOVAL ......................................................... 146 Removal and Installation ...................................... 185 M
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 147 REMOVAL ......................................................... 185
INSTALLATION ................................................. 147 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 186
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ............. 149 INSTALLATION ................................................. 189
CATALYST .............................................................. 150 Valve Clearance ................................................... 190
Removal and Installation ...................................... 150 INSPECTION .................................................... 190
REMOVAL ......................................................... 151 ADJUSTMENTS ................................................ 192
INSTALLATION ................................................. 151 OIL SEAL ................................................................ 195
TURBO CHARGER ................................................ 154 Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ........... 195
Removal and Installation ...................................... 154 REMOVAL ......................................................... 195
REMOVAL ......................................................... 154 INSTALLATION ................................................. 195
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ..................... 155 Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ........... 196
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS OF TURBOCHARGER. 157 REMOVAL ......................................................... 196
INSTALLATION ................................................. 158 INSTALLATION ................................................. 196
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION ............. 158 Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ............ 197
REMOVAL ......................................................... 197
INSTALLATION ................................................. 197
EM-3
SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN ................................ 198 HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING .................. 248
Removal and Installation ...................................... 198 Inspection after Disassembly ................................ 249
REMOVAL ......................................................... 198 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY ................................ 249
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 200 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE ......... 250
INSTALLATION .................................................. 200 PISTON TO PISTON PIN CLEARANCE ........... 250
PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN ...................................... 203 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE ................... 251
Removal and Installation ...................................... 203 PISTON RING END GAP .................................. 251
REMOVAL ......................................................... 205 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION ..... 252
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 208 CONNECTING ROD BIG END INNER DIAME-
INSTALLATION .................................................. 208 TER .................................................................... 252
CYLINDER HEAD ................................................... 214 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEAR-
On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 214 ANCE ................................................................. 252
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE ....... 214 CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTOR-
Removal and Installation ...................................... 215 TION .................................................................. 253
REMOVAL ......................................................... 215 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER.253
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL ...................... 216 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE . 254
INSTALLATION .................................................. 217 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ... 255
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 219 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER ...... 255
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 220 CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.255
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 220 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT .................................. 256
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 221 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEAR-
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY .............. 222 ANCE ................................................................. 256
ENGINE ASSEMBLY .............................................. 227 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE ................... 257
Removal and Installation (2WD Models) .............. 227 CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING .............. 257
REMOVAL ......................................................... 228 CRUSH HEIGHT OF CONNECTING ROD
INSTALLATION .................................................. 229 BEARING ........................................................... 257
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 230 MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT DEFORMATION ... 258
Removal and Installation (4WD Models) .............. 231 CONNECTING ROD BOLT DEFORMATION .... 258
REMOVAL ......................................................... 232 OIL JET .............................................................. 258
INSTALLATION .................................................. 234 OIL JET RELIEF VALVE .................................... 258
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .............. 234 FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION ................................ 259
CYLINDER BLOCK ................................................. 235 MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL ........... 259
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 235 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 260
DISASSEMBLY ................................................. 236 Standard and Limit ................................................ 260
ASSEMBLY ....................................................... 239 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................... 260
How to Select Piston and Bearing ........................ 245 INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANI-
DESCRIPTION .................................................. 245 FOLD ................................................................. 260
HOW TO SELECT PISTON ............................... 246 DRIVE BELTS .................................................... 260
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEAR- CAMSHAFT ....................................................... 261
ING .................................................................... 246 CYLINDER HEAD .............................................. 263
VALVE ................................................................ 263
CYLINDER BLOCK ............................................ 266
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN ...... 267
CONNECTING ROD .......................................... 268
CRANKSHAFT ................................................... 268
AVAILABLE MAIN BEARING ............................. 269
AVAILABLE CONNECTING ROD BEARING ..... 269
EM-4
PRECAUTIONS
[QR]
PRECAUTIONS
[QR] PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Drain Engine Coolant BBS0014S
Drain engine coolant when engine is cooled.

EM
Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping BBS0014T
● Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
● Release fuel pressure before disassembly. C
● After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly BBS0014U
D
● When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely,
avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
● Exercise maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces. E
● Cover openings of engine system with tape or the equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
● Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and re-assembly.
● When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally F
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, do exactly as specified.
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replacement BBS0014V
G
Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precautions for Assembly and Installation BBS0014W H
● Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts to specification.
● When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is speci- I
fied, do exactly as specified.
● Replace with new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
● Dowel pins are used for several parts alignment. When replacing and reassembling with dowel pins, make J
sure that dowel pins are installed in the original portion.
● Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction
and blockage. K
● Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well.
● Release air within route when refilling after draining coolant. L
● Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch “ON” (with engine
stopped). Then make sure there are no leaks at fuel line connections.
● After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check engine coolant, fuel, engine oil, and M
exhaust systems for leakage.
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening BBS0014X
● Use an angle wrench [SST: KV10112100] for the final tightening of the following engine parts.
– Cylinder head bolts
– Lower cylinder block bolts
– Connecting rod cap bolts
– Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angle
tightening)
– Balancer unit
● Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
● The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
● Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
EM-5
PRECAUTIONS
[QR]
Precautions for Liquid Gasket BBS0014Y
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET

● After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, separate the mating
surface using a seal cutter (SST) and remove the old liquid gas-
ket sealing.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
● Tap seal cutter to insert it (1), and then slide it (2) by tapping on
the side as shown in the figure.
● In areas where seal cutter is difficult to use, use plastic hammer
to lightly tap the areas where the liquid gasket is applied.
CAUTION: PBIC0275E
If for some unavoidable reason tool such as screwdriver is
used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1. Using a scraper, remove the old liquid gasket adhering to the liq-
uid gasket application surface and the mating surface.
● Remove the liquid gasket completely from the groove of the
liquid gasket application surface, mounting bolts and bolt
holes.
2. Wipe the liquid gasket application surface and the mating sur-
face with white gasoline (lighting and heating use) to remove
adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials.
PBIC0003E
3. Attach liquid gasket tube to the tube presser (SST).

Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
4. Apply the liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location
with the specified dimensions.
● If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply the
liquid gasket to the groove.
PBIC2160E
● As for the bolt holes, normally apply the liquid gasket inside
the holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the
holes. Make sure to read the text of service manual.
● Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mat-
ing component.
● If the liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
● Do not retighten mounting bolts or nut after the installation.
● Wait 30 minutes or more after installation before refilling

engine oil and engine coolant.
CAUTION: SEM159F
If there are instructions in this manual, observe them.
EM-6
PREPARATION
[QR]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools BBS0014Z
Tool number
Description
Tool name EM
KV10111100 Removing oil pan and timing chain case
Seal cutter
C
D
S-NT046
ST0501S000 Disassembling and assembling

Engine stand assembly E
1. ST05011000
Engine stand
2. ST05012000
Base F
NT042
KV10106500 G
Engine stand shaft
NT028
I
KV10115300
Engine sub-attachment
ZZA1078D K
KV10116200 Disassembling and assembling valve
Valve spring compressor mechanism
1. KV10115900 Part (1) is a component of KV10116200, but L
Attachment Part (2) is not so.
2. KV10109220
Adapter
M
PBIC1650E
KV10112100 Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder

Angle wrench head, etc.
S-NT014
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen

Heated oxygen sensor wrench sensors with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
EM-7
PREPARATION
[QR]
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10107902 Removing valve oil seal

Valve oil seal puller
1. KV10116100
Valve oil seal puller adapter
S-NT605
KV10115600 Installing valve oil seal

Valve oil seal drift Use side A.
a: 20 (0.79) dia. d: 8 (0.31) dia.
b: 13 (0.51) dia. e: 10.7 (0.421) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia. f: 5 (0.20) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT603
EM03470000 Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore

Piston ring compressor
S-NT044
ST16610001 Removing pilot converter

Pilot bushing puller
S-NT045
WS39930000 Pressing the tube of liquid gasket

Tube presser
S-NT052
KV11103000 Removing crankshaft pulley

Pulley puller
NT676
Quick connector release Removing fuel tube quick connectors in

engine room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG:
Part No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
EM-8
PREPARATION
[QR]
Commercial Service Tools BBS00150
A
Tool name Description
Spark plug wrench Removing and installing spark plug

EM
S-NT047
Pulley holder Crankshaft pulley removing and installing D
ZZA1010D
F
Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions
S-NT048 H
TORX socket Removing and installing flywheel
Size: T55
I
J
PBIC1113E
Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring

K
L
S-NT030
Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide

Intake & Exhaust: M
a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
S-NT015
Valve guide reamer 1: Reaming valve guide inner hole

2: Reaming hole for oversize valve guide
Intake & Exhaust:
d1: 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia.
d2: 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia.
S-NT016
EM-9
PREPARATION
[QR]
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

before installing a new air fuel ratio sensor
and heated oxygen sensor (Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.)
a = 18 mm (0.71 in) dia. for zirconia heated
oxygen sensor and air fuel ratio sensor
b = 12 mm (0.47 in) dia. for titania heated
AEM488 oxygen sensor
Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

133AR or equivalent meeting MIL tool when reconditioning exhaust system
specification MIL-A-907) threads
AEM489
Manual lift table caddy Removing and installing engine
ZZA1210D
EM-10
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[QR]
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING PFP:00003
A
NVH Troubleshooting — Engine Noise BBS00151
EM
PBIC2768E
EM-11
[QR]
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom. BBS00152
1. Locate the area where noise occurs.

2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
Operating condition of engine
Location Type of Before After When Source of Refer-
When When While Check item
of noise noise warm- warm- start- noise ence page
idling racing driving
up up ing
Top of Ticking or Tappet
C A — A B — Valve clearance EM-64
engine clicking noise
Rocker
cover Camshaft Camshaft journal oil
EM-59
Cylinder Rattle C A — A B C bearing clearance
EM-58
head noise Camshaft runout
Piston to piston pin oil

Slap or Piston pin clearance EM-107
— A — B B —
knock noise Connecting rod bush- EM-109
ing oil clearance
Piston to cylinder bore
Crank- clearance
EM-112
shaft pul- Piston ring side clear-
Slap or Piston EM-108
ley A — — B B A ance
rap slap noise EM-108
Cylinder Piston ring end gap
EM-109
block Connecting rod bend
(Side of and torsion
engine) Connect- Connecting rod bush-
Oil pan ing rod ing oil clearance EM-109
Knock A B C B B B
bearing Connecting rod bear- EM-113
noise ing oil clearance
Main Main bearing oil clear-
EM-114
Knock A B — A B C bearing ance
EM-113
noise Crankshaft runout
Timing
Front of Timing chain cracks
chain and
engine Tapping or and wear EM-50
A A — B B B chain ten-
Front ticking Timing chain tensioner EM-46
sioner
cover operation
noise
Drive belt
Squeak-
(Sticking
ing or fizz- A B — B — C Drive belt deflection
or slip-
ing EM-13
ping)
Front of
Drive belt Idler pulley bearing
engine Creaking A B A B A B
(Slipping) operation
Water CO-21,
Squall
A B — B A B pump Water pump operation "WATER
Creak
noise PUMP"
A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related —: Not related
EM-12
DRIVE BELTS
[QR]
DRIVE BELTS PFP:02117
A
Checking Drive Belts BBS00153
EM
PBIC2622E
G
WARNING:
Be sure to perform this step when the engine is stopped.
H
● Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use
range (between three line notches on moving side).
NOTE:
● Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indication when the engine is cold. I
● When new drive belt is installed, the indicator (notch on fixed side) should be within the range “a” in the
figure.
● Visually check entire drive belt for wear, damage or cracks. J
● If the indicator (notch on fixed side) is out of the possible use range or belt is damaged, replace drive belt.
Tension Adjustment BBS00154 K
Belt tensioning is not necessary, as it is automatically adjusted by drive belt auto-tensioner.
Removal and Installation BBS00155
L
REMOVAL
1. Remove splash guard on RH undercover.
2. Hold the hexagonal part in center of drive belt auto-tensioner
M
pulley with a box wrench securely. Then move the wrench han-
dle in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner).
CAUTION:
● Avoid placing hand in a location where pinching may
occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off.
● Do not loosen the hexagonal part in center of drive belt
auto-tensioner pulley (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If
turned counterclockwise, the complete drive belt auto-
tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pul-
ley. PBIC2169E
3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter such as

short-length screwdriver into the hole of the retaining boss to fix drive belt auto-tensioner pulley.
4. Loosen drive belt from water pump pulley in sequence, and remove it.
EM-13
DRIVE BELTS
[QR]
INSTALLATION
1. Hold the hexagonal part in center of drive belt auto-tensioner
pulley with a box wrench securely. Then move the wrench han-
dle in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner).
CAUTION:
● Avoid placing hand in a location where pinching may
occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off.
● Do not loosen the hexagonal part in center of drive belt
auto-tensioner pulley (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If
turned counterclockwise, the complete drive belt auto-
tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pul-
ley. PBIC2627E
2. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter such as

short-length screwdriver into the hole of retaining boss to fix drive belt auto-tensioner pulley.
3. Hook drive belt onto all pulleys except for water pump, and then onto water pump pulley finally.
CAUTION:
● Confirm drive belt is completely set to pulleys.
● Check for engine oil, working fluid and engine coolant are not adhered to drive belt and each
pulley groove.
4. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt.
5. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley.
6. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator (notch on fixed side) is within the possible use range. Refer to
EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" .
Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner BBS00156
PBIC2170E
1. Drive belt auto-tensioner 2. Water pump pulley
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
The complete drive belt auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley.
1. Remove splash guard on RH undercover.
2. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Release the fixed drive belt auto-tensioner pulley.
4. Remove drive belt auto-tensioner.
EM-14
DRIVE BELTS
[QR]
CAUTION:
Do not loosen the hexagonal part in center of drive belt auto-tensioner pulley (Do not turn it counter- A
clockwise). If turned counterclockwise, the complete drive belt auto-tensioner must be replaced as a
unit, including the pulley.
INSTALLATION EM
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
● When installing drive belt auto-tensioner, be careful not to interfere with water pump pulley.
CAUTION: C
● If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner.
● Do not swap the pulley between new and old drive belt auto-tensioner.
D
EM-15
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT
[QR]
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT PFP:16500
Removal and Installation BBS00157
PBIC3598E
1. Air cleaner filter 2. Clip 3. Air cleaner case upper

4. Clamp 5. Air duct 6. PCV hose
7. Clamp 8. Bracket 9. Mass air flow sensor
10. O-ring 11. Air duct 12. Air duct (inlet)
13. Clip 14. Collar 15. Grommet
16. Resonator 17. Bracket (A/T models) 18. Mounting rubber
19. Collar 20. Grommet 21. Air cleaner case lower
REMOVAL
1. Remove mass air flow sensor harness clamp.
2. Disconnect harness connector from mass air flow sensor.
3. Disconnect PCV hose.
4. Remove air duct (inlet), air ducts and air cleaner case/mass air flow sensor assembly disconnecting their
joints.
● Add marks as necessary for easier installation.
5. Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case upper, as necessary.
CAUTION:
Handle mass air flow sensor with following cares.
● Do not shock it.
● Do not disassemble it.
● Do not touch its sensor.
EM-16
[QR]
6. Remove resonator in fender lifting left fender protector, as necessary.
A
INSTALLATION
● Align marks. Attach each joint. Screw clamps firmly. EM
Changing Air Cleaner Filter BBS00158
REMOVAL
1. Unfasten clips and lift up air cleaner case upper. C
2. Remove air cleaner filter.
INSTALLATION
D
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
EM-17
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
INTAKE MANIFOLD PFP:14003
Removal and Installation (QR20DE) BBS00159
PBIC2172E
1. Vacuum hose 2. Intake manifold 3. PCV hose

4. Bracket 5. Gasket 6. Electric throttle control actuator
7. Gasket 8. Intake manifold support 9. Gasket
EVAP canister purge volume con-
10. Vacuum hose 11. 12. Vacuum hose
trol solenoid valve
13. Bracket 14. Bracket
REMOVAL
1. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-52, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" (WITH EURO-OBD) or EC-565,
"FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
2. Remove air cleaner case upper, mass air flow sensor and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-16, "AIR
CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
3. Remove quick connector caps, and disconnect quick connectors
at engine side and vehicle side. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and
Installation (QR20DE)" .
PBIC2175E
4. Remove electric throttle control actuator with the following procedure:

a. Disconnect harness connector.
EM-18
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
b. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure,
and remove electric throttle control actuator and gasket. A
CAUTION:
● Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle
control actuator. EM
● Do not disassemble.
EMJ1612D
D
5. Disconnect harness, power steering piping, vacuum hose and PCV hose from intake manifold, and move
them aside.
6. Remove intake manifold support and gasket. E
7. Disconnect sub-harness from fuel injector. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation (QR20DE)" .
8. Loosen mounting bolts and nuts in reverse order as shown in
the figure, and remove intake manifold (with fuel tube and fuel F
injector assembly) and gasket.
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble intake manifold.
G
● Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materi-
als.
NOTE: H
Disregard No. 6 when loosening.
PBIC2173E
I
9. Remove fuel tube and fuel injector assembly from intake manifold. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installa-
tion (QR20DE)" .
10. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from intake manifold, if necessary. J
INSTALLATION
K
Intake Manifold
● If stud bolts were removed, install them and tighten to the specified torque below.
: 10.8 N·m (1.1 kg-m, 8 ft-lb) L
● Check if gasket is not dropped from the installation groove of intake manifold.
● Tighten in numerical order as shown in the figure. M
NOTE:
No. 6 means double tightening of bolt No. 1.
PBIC2173E
EM-19
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
Intake Manifold Support
Tighten mounting bolt from “A” to “B” in order as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Tighten “A” in the figure together with electric throttle control actua-
tor. Refer to EM-20, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator" for the tight-
ening procedure.
PBIC2628E
Electric Throttle Control Actuator

● Tighten mounting bolts equally and diagonally in several steps
and in numerical order as shown in the figure.
● Perform the “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” when har-
ness connector of electric throttle control actuator is discon-
nected. Refer to EC-50, "Throttle Valve Closed Position
Learning" (WITH EURO-OBD) or EC-563, "Throttle Valve
Closed Position Learning" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
● Perform the “Idle Air Volume Learning” and “Throttle Valve
Closed Position Learning” when electric throttle control actuator
is replaced. Refer to EC-50, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (WITH
EURO-OBD) or EC-563, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (WITHOUT EMJ1612D
EURO-OBD).
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
Make sure there are no fuel leaks at connections with the following procedure:
1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). Then make sure
there are no fuel leaks at connections.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking on invisible points.
2. Start engine. With engine speed increased, make sure again there are no fuel leaks at connections.
CAUTION:
Do not touch engine immediately after stopped as engine becomes extremely hot.
EM-20
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
Removal and Installation (QR25DE) BBS0015A
EM
J
PBIC2174E
1. Bracket 2. PCV hose 3. Intake manifold collector

4. Gasket 5. Electric throttle control actuator 6. Intake manifold rear support K
EVAP canister purge volume control
7. 8. Vacuum hose 9. Intake manifold
solenoid valve
10. Vacuum reservoir tank 11. VIAS control solenoid valve 12. Vacuum hose L
13. Bracket 14. Intake manifold support 15. Vacuum reservoir tank bracket
REMOVAL
M
3. Remove quick connector caps, and disconnect quick connectors
at engine side and vehicle side. Refer to EM-39, "Removal and
PBIC2175E
4. Remove electric throttle control actuator with the following procedure:
EM-21
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
a. Disconnect harness connector.
b. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure,
and remove electric throttle control actuator and gasket.
CAUTION:
control actuator.
EMJ1612D
5. Disconnect harness, vacuum hose and PCV hose from intake manifold collector, and move them aside.
6. Remove intake manifold rear support and intake manifold support.
the figure, and remove intake manifold collector and gasket.
CAUTION:
Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials.
NOTE:
SBIA0230E
8. Disconnect power steering piping from intake manifold, and move them aside.
9. Disconnect sub-harness from fuel injector. Refer to EM-39, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" .
the figure, and remove intake manifold (with fuel tube and fuel
injector assembly) and gasket.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
SBIA0231E
11. Remove fuel tube and fuel injector assembly from intake manifold. Refer to EM-39, "Removal and Installa-
tion (QR25DE)" .
12. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from intake manifold collector, if necessary.
13. Remove vacuum reservoir tank and VIAS control solenoid valve from intake manifold, if necessary.
EM-22
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Surface Distortion A
● Using straightedge and feeler gauge, check the surface distor-
tion of both the intake manifold collector mating surface and the
intake manifold mating surfaces. EM
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)

● If it exceeds the limit, replace intake manifold and/or intake man- C
ifold collector.
D
KBIA0235E
INSTALLATION E
Intake Manifold
● If stud bolts were removed, install them and tighten to the specified torque below. F
: 10.8 N·m (1.1 kg-m, 8 ft-lb)

● Tighten in numerical order as shown in the figure. G
NOTE:
H
SBIA0231E
J
Intake Manifold Collector

Tighten in numerical order as shown in the figure. K
NOTE:
L
SBIA0230E
Electric Throttle Control Actuator

● Tighten mounting bolts equally and diagonally in several steps
and in numerical order as shown in the figure.
● Perform the “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” when har-
ness connector of electric throttle control actuator is discon-
nected. Refer to EC-50, "Throttle Valve Closed Position
Learning" (WITH EURO-OBD) or EC-563, "Throttle Valve
Closed Position Learning" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
● Perform the “Idle Air Volume Learning” and “Throttle Valve
Closed Position Learning” when electric throttle control actuator
is replaced. Refer to EC-50, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (WITH
EURO-OBD) or EC-563, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (WITHOUT EMJ1612D
EURO-OBD).
EM-23
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[QR]
Make sure there are no fuel leaks at connections with the following procedure:
NOTE:
CAUTION:
EM-24
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
[QR]
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST PFP:14004
A
Removal and Installation BBS0015B
EM
PBIC4084E
Exhaust manifold and three way cat- J

1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 2. 3. Gasket
alyst assembly
4. Three way catalyst cover 5. Exhaust manifold cover (lower) 6. Heated oxygen sensor 2
7. Exhaust manifold cover (upper) K
REMOVAL
1. Remove heated oxygen sensors with the following procedure:
L
a. Disconnect harness connector of each heated oxygen sensor, and harness from bracket and middle
clamp.
b. Using heated oxygen sensor wrench (SST), remove heated oxy-
gen sensors. M
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor.
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; replace with a new
one.
KBIA0094E
2. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

3. Remove alternator. Refer to SC-13, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
4. Remove exhaust manifold cover (upper).
EM-25
EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST
[QR]
5. Loosen nuts in reverse order as shown in the figure to remove
exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly.
NOTE:
Disregard No. 6 and 7 when loosening.
KBIA0045E
6. Remove gasket.
CAUTION:
7. Remove exhaust manifold cover (lower) and three way catalyst cover from exhaust manifold and three
way catalyst assembly.
Surface Distortion
● Using straightedge and feeler gauge, check the surface distor-
tion of exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly mating
surface.
Limit : 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace exhaust manifold and three way
catalyst assembly.
KBIA0046E
INSTALLATION
Exhaust Manifold
● If stud bolts were removed, install them and tighten to the specified torque below.
: 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)
● Tighten nuts in numerical order as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
No. 6 and 7 mean double tightening of bolts No. 1 and 3.
KBIA0045E
Heated Oxygen Sensor

CAUTION:
● Before installing a new heated oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using heated oxygen
sensor thread cleaner and apply anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
● Do not over torque the heated oxygen sensor. Doing so may cause damage to the heated oxygen
sensor, resulting in the “MI” coming on.
EM-26
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER
[QR]
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER PFP:11110
A
Removal and Installation BBS0015C
EM
PBIC2177E
1. Oil level gauge 2. Oil level gauge guide 3. O-ring J

4. Oil pan (upper) 5. Cylinder block 6. O-ring
7. Oil filter 8. O-ring 9. Drain plug washer
10. Oil strainer 11. Drain plug 12. Oil pan (lower) K
13. Rear plate cover
REMOVAL L
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, do not drain the engine oil when the engine is hot.
1. Remove RH and LH undercovers.
M
2. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Changing Engine Oil" .
3. Remove oil pan (lower) with the following procedure:
a. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
KBIA0096E
EM-27
[QR]
b. Insert seal cutter (SST) between oil pan (upper) and oil pan
(lower).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
SEM365EA
4. Remove oil strainer.

5. Remove oil pan (upper) with the following procedure:
a. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "DRIVE BELTS" .
b. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected. And locate it aside temporarily with ropes or equivalent
not to disturb the following work. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
c. Remove oil level gauge guide.
d. Remove exhaust front tube and its support. Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
e. Set a suitable transmission jack under transaxle and hoist
engine with engine slinger, and then remove center member.
Refer to EM-81, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
PBIC0257E
f. Remove rear engine mounting bracket (2WD models). Refer to EM-81, "Removal and Installation (2WD
Models)" .
g. Remove rear plate cover, and four transaxle joint bolts. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" (M/T
models) or AT-405, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (A/T models).
h. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Disregard No.12 and 17 when loosening.
SBIA0233E
i. Insert seal cutter (SST) between oil pan (upper) and cylinder
block, and slide it by tapping on the side of the tool with a ham-
mer.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surface.
SEM365EA
EM-28
[QR]
6. Remove O-rings at front cover side.
A
Clean oil strainer if any object attached.
INSTALLATION EM
1. Install oil pan (upper) with the following procedure:
a. Use a scraper to remove old liquid gasket from mating surfaces.
● Also remove the old liquid gasket from mating surface of cyl-
C
inder block.
● Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads.
D
CAUTION:
Do not scratch or damage the mating surfaces when clean-
ing off old liquid gasket.
E
MEM108A
F
b. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with a tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] as shown in the figure.
Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent. G
CAUTION:
Apply liquid gasket to outside of bolt hole for the positions
shown by arrows.
H
I
SBIA0253E
c. Install new O-rings at front cover side. J

CAUTION:
Install avoiding misalignment of O-rings.
d. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure. K
No. 12 and 17 mean double tightening of bolts No. 1 and 2.
NOTE:
Refer to the following for locating bolts. L
M6 × 20 mm (0.79 in) : No. 18, 19
M8 × 25 mm (0.98 in) : No. 1, 2, 3, 11
M8 × 45 mm (1.77 in) : No. 4, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16 M
M8 × 100 mm (3.97 in) : No. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
SBIA0233E
e. Tighten transaxle joint bolts. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" (M/T models) or AT-405,
"REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (A/T models).
f. Install rear plate cover.
2. Install oil strainer.
3. Install oil pan (lower) with the following procedure:
EM-29
[QR]
● Also remove old liquid gasket from mating surface of oil
pan (upper).
SEM958F

SBIA0254E
c. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.
KBIA0096E
4. Install oil pan drain plug.

● Refer to the figure of components of former page for installation direction of washer. Refer to EM-27,
"Removal and Installation" .
5. Install in the reverse order of removal after this step.
NOTE:
Pour engine oil at least 30 minutes after oil pan is installed.
1. Check engine oil level and adjust engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "ENGINE OIL" .
2. Start engine, and make sure there is no leaks of engine oil.
3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
4. Check engine oil level again. Refer to LU-7, "ENGINE OIL" .
EM-30
IGNITION COIL
[QR]
IGNITION COIL PFP:22448
A
Removal and Installation BBS0015D
EM
G
KBIA1974J
1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover
REMOVAL H
1. Disconnect harness connector from ignition coil.
2. Remove ignition coil.
CAUTION: I
Do not drop or shock it.
INSTALLATION J
EM-31
SPARK PLUG
[QR]
SPARK PLUG PFP:22401
Removal and Installation BBS0015E
KBIA1974J
1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover
REMOVAL
1. Remove ignition coil. Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" .
2. Remove spark plug with spark plug wrench (commercial service
tool).
CAUTION:
Do not drop or shock it.
SEM294A
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (EXCEPT RUSSIA)

Use standard type spark plug for normal condition.
Hot type spark plug is suitable when fouling occurs with standard type spark plug under conditions such as:
● Frequent engine starts
● Low ambient temperatures
Cold type spark plug is suitable when spark plug knock occurs with standard type spark plug under conditions
such as:
● Extended highway driving
● Frequent high engine revolution
Make NGK
Standard type LFR5A-11
Hot type LFR4A-11
Cold type LFR6A-11
EM-32
SPARK PLUG
[QR]
● Check plug gap of each spark plug.
A
Standard :1.0 - 1.1 mm (0.039 - 0.043 in)
● If out of standard, adjust or replace spark plug.
● Use a wire brush for cleaning, if necessary. EM
SMA476
D
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (FOR RUSSIA)
Use standard type spark plug for normal condition.
Hot type spark plug is suitable when fouling occurs with standard type spark plug under conditions such as: E
● Frequent engine starts
● Low ambient temperatures
Cold type spark plug is suitable when spark plug knock occurs with standard type spark plug under conditions F
such as:
● Extended highway driving
● Frequent high engine revolution G
Make NGK
Standard type PLFR5A-11 H
Hot type PLFR4A-11
Cold type PLFR6A-11
I
Gap (Nominal) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in)
CAUTION:
● Do not drop or shock spark plug. J
● Do not use wire brush for cleaning.
● If plug tip is covered with carbon, spark plug cleaner may

be used. K
Cleaner air pressure:
Less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2 , 85 psi) L
Cleaning time:
Less than 20 seconds
M
SMA773C
● Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between

change intervals.
SMA806CA
INSTALLATION
EM-33
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE
[QR]
FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE PFP:16600
Removal and Installation (QR20DE) BBS0015F
PBIC2178E
1. Fuel feed hose 2. Quick connector cap (engine side) 3. Quick connector cap (vehicle side)
4. Centralized under-floor piping 5. Sub-harness 6. Fuel tube protector
7. Fuel tube 8. O-ring (black) 9. Clip
10. Fuel injector 11. O-ring (green)
CAUTION:
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown in the figure.
REMOVAL
3. Disconnect quick connectors at engine side and vehicle side as
follows, and remove fuel feed hose.
CAUTION:
Disconnect quick connector by using quick connector
release (SST), not by picking out retainer tabs.
NOTE:
There is quick connector for the engine side and for the vehicle
side, and they have different shapes. But disconnection is same
procedure. The following procedure shows the engine side.
PBIC2175E
a. Remove quick connector cap (engine side).
KBIA0701E
EM-34
[QR]
b. With the sleeve side of quick connector release facing quick connector, install quick connector release
onto fuel tube. A
c. Insert quick connector release into quick connector until sleeve
contacts and goes no further. Hold quick connector release on
that position. EM
CAUTION:
Inserting quick connector release hard will not disconnect
quick connector. Hold quick connector release where it C
contacts and goes no further.
d. Draw and pull out quick connector straight from fuel tube.
CAUTION: D
● Pull quick connector holding “A” position in the figure.
KBIA0702E
● Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick
connector may be damaged. E
● Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
● Avoid fire and sparks.
● Keep parts away from heat source. Especially, be careful when welding is performed around F
them.
● Do not expose parts to battery electrolyte or other acids.
● Do not bend or twist connection between quick connector and fuel feed hose during installa- G
tion/removal.
● To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid dam-
age and foreign materials, cover them completely with H
plastic bags or something similar.
PBIC2205E
K
4. Remove PCV hose. Refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation (QR20DE)" .
5. Disconnect harness connector from ignition coil.
L
6. Remove sub-harness for fuel injector.
7. Remove electric throttle control actuator and intake manifold support. Refer to EM-18, "Removal and
M
8. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
9. Remove fuel tube protector.
PBIC2180E
10. Pull out fuel tube and fuel injector assembly rearward of engine.
CAUTION:
● When removing, be careful to avoid any interference with fuel injector.
● Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel leaks from fuel tube.
EM-35
[QR]
11. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Open and remove clip.
b. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube by pulling straight.
CAUTION:
● Be careful with remaining fuel that may go out from fuel
tube.
● Be careful not to damage fuel injector nozzle during
removal.
● Do not bump or drop fuel injector.
● Do not disassemble fuel injector.
SBIA0364E
INSTALLATION
1. Note the following, and install O-rings to fuel injector.
CAUTION:
● Upper and lower O-rings are different. Be careful not to confuse them.
Fuel tube side : Black

Nozzle side : Green
● Handle O-ring with bare hands. Do not wear gloves.
● Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
● Do not clean O-ring with solvent.
● Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
● When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, do not insert it
quickly into fuel tube.
● Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Do not decenter or twist it.
EM-36
[QR]
2. Install fuel injector to fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Insert clip into clip mounting groove on fuel injector. A
● Insert clip so that lug “A” of fuel injector matches notch “A” of
clip.
CAUTION: EM
● Do not reuse clip. Replace it with a new one.
● Be careful to keep clip from interfering with O-ring. If

interference occurs, replace O-ring. C
b. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
● Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
● Insert fuel injector so that lug “B” of fuel tube matches notch
D
“B” of clip.
● Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fix-
ing groove on clip. E
c. Make sure that installation is complete by making sure that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
F
G
SBIA0439E
3. From the engine rear side, set fuel tube and fuel injector assembly at its position for installation on intake
manifold. H
CAUTION:
For installation, be careful not to interfere with fuel injector nozzle.
4. Set fuel tube protector onto fuel tube. I
5. Tighten mounting bolts with the following procedure.
● Tighten bolts evenly in two steps in numerical order as shown
in the figure. J
1st step
: 10.1 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb) K
2nd step
: 23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb) L
PBIC2180E
6. Connect sub-harness for fuel injector. M

7. Note the following, and connect quick connectors at engine side and vehicle side to install fuel feed hose.
NOTE:
There is quick connector for the engine side and for the vehicle side, and they have different shapes. But
connection is same procedure. The following procedure shows the engine side.
a. Check the connection for foreign material and damage.
b. Align center to insert quick connector straightly into fuel tube.
● Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tube is inserted completely and the second level spool is posi-
tioned slightly below quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
● Hold “A” position in the figure when inserting fuel tube
into quick connector.
● Carefully align center to avoid inclined insertion to pre-
vent damage to O-ring inside quick connector.
KBIA0272E
EM-37
[QR]
● Insert until you hear a “click” sound and actually feel the engagement.
● To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar sound, be sure to perform the next
step.
c. Before clamping fuel feed hose with hose clamps, pull quick connector hard by hand holding “A” position.
Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come out from fuel tube.
d. Install quick connector cap to quick connector connection. (On
both the engine side and the vehicle side)
● Install so that the arrow mark on the side faces up.
CAUTION:
● Make sure that quick connector and fuel tube are
securely fit into quick connector cap installation groove.
● If quick connector cap cannot be installed smoothly,
quick connector may have not been installed correctly.
Check connection again.
NOTE: PBIC2348E
There is quick connector cap for the engine side and for the
vehicle side, and they have different shapes. The figure shows engine side as an example.
8. Install fuel feed hose to hose clamp.
Check on Fuel Leaks
NOTE:
CAUTION:
EM-38
[QR]
Removal and Installation (QR25DE) BBS0015G
EM
PBIC2179E
1. Fuel feed hose 2. Quick connector cap (engine side) 3. Quick connector cap (vehicle side) G
4. Centralized under-floor piping 5. Sub-harness 6. Fuel tube
7. O-ring (black) 8. Clip 9. Fuel injector
10. O-ring (green) 11. Insulator
H
CAUTION:
Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown in the figure.
I
REMOVAL
"FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD). J
3. Disconnect quick connectors at engine side and vehicle side as K
follows, and remove fuel feed hose.
CAUTION:
Disconnect quick connector by using quick connector L
release (SST), not by picking out retainer tabs.
NOTE:
There is quick connector for the engine side and for the vehicle
side, and they have different shapes. But disconnection is same M
procedure. The following procedure shows the engine side.
PBIC2175E
a. Remove quick connector cap (engine side).
KBIA0701E
EM-39
[QR]
b. With the sleeve side of quick connector release facing quick connector, install quick connector release
onto fuel tube.
c. Insert quick connector release into quick connector until sleeve
contacts and goes no further. Hold quick connector release on
that position.
CAUTION:
Inserting quick connector release hard will not disconnect
quick connector. Hold quick connector release where it
contacts and goes no further.
d. Draw and pull out quick connector straight from fuel tube.
CAUTION:
● Pull quick connector holding “A” position in the figure.
KBIA0702E
● Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick
connector may be damaged.
● Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out.
● Avoid fire and sparks.
● Keep parts away from heat source. Especially, be careful when welding is performed around
them.
● Do not expose parts to battery electrolyte or other acids.
● Do not bend or twist connection between quick connector and fuel feed hose during installa-
tion/removal.
● To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid dam-
age and foreign materials, cover them completely with
plastic bags or something similar.
PBIC2205E
4. Remove intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-21, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" .
5. Disconnect sub-harness for fuel injector.
6. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
7. Remove fuel tube and fuel injector assembly and insulators.
CAUTION:
● When removing, be careful to avoid any interference with
fuel injector.
● Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel leaks from fuel tube.
KBIA0239E
EM-40
[QR]
8. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Open and remove clip. A
b. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube by pulling straight.
CAUTION:
● Be careful with remaining fuel that may go out from fuel EM
tube.
● Be careful not to damage fuel injector nozzle during
removal. C
● Do not bump or drop fuel injector.

D
G
SBIA0364E
INSTALLATION H
1. Note the following, and install O-rings to fuel injector.
CAUTION:
● Upper and lower O-rings are different. Be careful not to confuse them.
I
Fuel tube side : Black
Nozzle side : Green
J
● Handle O-ring with bare hands. Do not wear gloves.
● Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil.
● Do not clean O-ring with solvent. K
● Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material.
● When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to
twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, do not insert it L
quickly into fuel tube.
● Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Do not decenter or twist it.
M
EM-41
[QR]
2. Install fuel injector to fuel tube with the following procedure:
a. Insert clip into clip mounting groove on fuel injector.
● Insert clip so that lug “A” of fuel injector matches notch “A” of
clip.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse clip. Replace it with a new one.
● Be careful to keep clip from interfering with O-ring. If

interference occurs, replace O-ring.
b. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached.
● Insert it while matching it to the axial center.
● Insert fuel injector so that lug “B” of fuel tube matches notch
“B” of clip.
● Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fix-
ing groove on clip.
c. Make sure that installation is complete by making sure that fuel
injector does not rotate or come off.
SBIA0439E
3. Install fuel tube and fuel injector assembly with the following procedure:
a. Insert the tip of each fuel injector into intake manifold.
b. Tighten mounting bolts evenly in two steps in numerical order as
shown in the figure.
1st step
: 10.1 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb)
2nd step
: 23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb)
KBIA0239E
4. Connect sub-harness for fuel injector.

5. Install intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-21, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" .
6. Note the following, and connect quick connectors at engine side and vehicle side to install fuel feed hose.
NOTE:
There is quick connector for the engine side and for the vehicle side, and they have different shapes. But
connection is same procedure. The following procedure shows the engine side.
a. Check the connection for foreign material and damage.
b. Align center to insert quick connector straightly into fuel tube.
NOTE:
The figure shows engine side as an example.
● Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel
tube is inserted completely and the second level spool is posi-
tioned slightly below quick connector bottom end.
CAUTION:
● Hold “A” position in the figure when inserting fuel tube
into quick connector.
● Carefully align center to avoid inclined insertion to pre-
KBIA0272E
vent damage to O-ring inside quick connector.
● Insert until you hear a “click” sound and actually feel the engagement.
EM-42
[QR]
● To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar sound, be sure to perform the next
step. A
c. Before clamping fuel feed hose with hose clamps, pull quick connector hard by hand holding “A” position.
Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come out from fuel feed tube.
d. Install quick connector cap to quick connector connection. (On EM
both the engine side and the vehicle side)
● Install so that the arrow mark on the side faces up.
CAUTION: C
● Make sure that quick connector and fuel tube are
securely fit into quick connector cap installation groove.
● If quick connector cap cannot be installed smoothly, D
quick connector may have not been installed correctly.
Check connection again.
NOTE: PBIC2348E E
There is quick connector cap for the engine side and for the
vehicle side, and they have different shapes. The figure shows engine side as an example.
7. Install fuel feed hose to hose clamp.
F
Check on Fuel Leaks G
NOTE: H
CAUTION: I
EM-43
ROCKER COVER
[QR]
ROCKER COVER PFP:13264
Removal and Installation BBS0015H
PBIC2349E
1. PCV hose 2. O-ring 3. PCV valve

4. Oil filler cap 5. Rocker cover 6. Rocker cover gasket
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect PCV hose from rocker cover.
2. Remove ignition coil. Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" .
3. Remove PCV valve and O-ring from rocker cover, if necessary.
4. Remove oil filler cap from rocker cover, if necessary.
5. Loosen bolts in reverse order shown in the figure.
KBIA0242E
6. Remove rocker cover gasket from rocker cover.

7. Use scraper to remove all traces of liquid gasket from cylinder head and camshaft bracket (No. 1).
CAUTION:
Do not scratch or damage the mating surface when cleaning off old liquid gasket.
EM-44
ROCKER COVER
[QR]
INSTALLATION
1. Apply liquid gasket to the position shown in the figure with the A
following procedure:
a. Refer to figure “a” to apply liquid gasket to joint part of camshaft
bracket (No. 1) and cylinder head. EM
b. Refer to figure “b” to apply liquid gasket in 90 degrees to figure
“a”.
Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent. C
PBIC2635E
H
2. Install rocker cover gasket to rocker cover.
3. Install rocker cover.
● Check if rocker cover gasket is not dropped from the installation groove of rocker cover.
I
4. Tighten bolts in two steps separately in numerical order as

J
1st step
: 2.0 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 18 in-lb)
K
2nd step
: 8.3 N·m (0.85 kg-m, 73 in-lb)
L
KBIA0242E
5. Install in the reverse order of removal after this step. M
EM-45
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
TIMING CHAIN PFP:13028
Removal and Installation BBS0015I
PBIC2181E
1. O-ring 2. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 3. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)

4. Chain tensioner 5. Spring 6. Chain tensioner plunger
7. Timing chain slack guide 8. Timing chain 9. Front cover
Intake valve timing control solenoid
10. Chain guide 11. 12. Intake valve timing control cover
valve
13. RH engine mounting bracket 14. Crankshaft pulley bolt 15. Crankshaft pulley
16. Front oil seal 17. Balancer unit timing chain tensioner 18. Oil pump drive spacer
19. Crankshaft sprocket 20. Timing chain tension guide 21. Balancer unit timing chain
22. Balancer unit 23. Oil ring
REMOVAL
1. Remove the following parts.
EM-46
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
● Hood assembly; Refer to BL-12, "HOOD" .
● RH and LH undercovers A
● PCV hose; Refer to EM-18, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
● Ignition coil; Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" .

EM
● Rocker cover; Refer to EM-44, "ROCKER COVER" .
● Engine coolant reservoir tank; Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
● Drive belt; Refer to EM-13, "REMOVAL" .

C
● Alternator; Refer to SC-13, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
● Drive belt auto-tensioner; Refer to EM-14, "REMOVAL" .
● Exhaust front tube; Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . D

2. Remove A/C compressor from engine. Temporarily secure A/C compressor to vehicle side with a rope to
avoid putting a load on them.
3. Remove bracket mounting bolts for fixing A/C piping on right strut housing and exhaust manifold cover. E
Doing so simplifies moving.
4. Remove power steering oil pump with piping connected, and secure it to vehicle side temporarily. Refer to
PS-37, "HYDRAULIC LINE" . F
5. Remove power steering reservoir tank from bracket to move power steering piping. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
CAUTION: G
To avoid power steering fluid leakage, temporarily fix power steering reservoir tank vertically.
6. Install engine slingers into front left of cylinder head and rear
right of cylinder head. H
● Use alternator bracket mounting bolt holes for the front side.
Slinger bolts:
I
Front
: 57.9 N·m (5.9 kg-m, 43 ft-lb)
Rear J
: 28.0 N·m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
SBIA0271E
7. Lift with hoist, and support the engine posture.
K
8. Remove RH engine mounting insulator and bracket. Refer to EM-81, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
9. Remove engine mounting related parts below. Refer to EM-81, "Removal and Installation (2WD Models)"
(2WD models) or EM-85, "Removal and Installation (4WD Models)" (4WD models). L
● RH engine mounting insulator
● Center member
M
● Rear engine mounting bracket (2WD models)

11. Remove oil pan (upper and lower), and oil strainer. Refer to EM-27, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .
12. Remove intake valve timing control cover.
● Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
● Use a seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] or equivalent tool to cut

liquid gasket for removal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage mounting surface.
KBIA0085E
13. Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front cover.
EM-47
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
14. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure:
a. Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise and align TDC mark to timing
indicator on front cover.
KBIA0190E
b. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft
sprockets are located as shown in the figure.
● If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to align mating
marks to the positions in the figure.
PBIC2351E
15. Remove crankshaft pulley with the following procedure:

a. Fix crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder (commercial service
tool), loosen crankshaft pulley bolt, and locate bolt seating sur-
face at 10 mm (0.39 in) from its original position.
PBIC2434E
b. Attach a pulley puller (SST) in the M 6 thread hole on crankshaft

pulley, and remove crankshaft pulley.
PBIC2413E
16. Remove front cover with the following procedure:
EM-48
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
a. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure,
and remove them. A
b. Use a seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] or equivalent tool to cut liq-
uid gasket for removal.
CAUTION: EM
Be careful not to damage mounting surface.
G
KBIA0083E
17. If front oil seal needs to be replaced, lift it with a suitable tool, and remove it.
H
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover.
18. Remove timing chain and camshaft sprockets with the following procedure: I
a. Push in chain tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into hole on
chain tensioner body to secure chain tensioner plunger and
remove chain tensioner. J
NOTE:
Use approx. 0.5 mm (0.02 in) dia. hard metal pin as a stopper
pin. K
KBIA0048E
b. Secure hexagonal part of camshaft with a wrench. Loosen cam- M

shaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove timing chain and
camshaft sprockets.
CAUTION:
Do not rotate crankshaft or camshaft while timing chain is
removed. It causes interference between valve and piston.
KBIA0049E
19. Remove timing chain slack guide, timing chain tension guide and oil pump drive spacer.
20. Remove balancer unit timing chain tensioner with the following procedure:
EM-49
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
a. Lift lever up, and release ratchet claw for return proof.
b. Push tensioner sleeve in, and hold it.
c. Matching the hole on lever with the one on body, insert a stopper
pin to secure tensioner sleeve.
NOTE:
Use approximately 1 mm (0.04 in) dia. hard metal pin as a stop-
per pin.
d. Remove balancer unit timing chain tensioner.
KBIA0121E
21. Remove balancer unit timing chain and crankshaft sprocket.
22. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure,

and remove balancer unit.
CAUTION:
Do not disassemble balancer unit.
NOTE:
Use TORX socket (size E14).
KBIA0122E

Timing Chain
Check timing chain for cracks and any excessive wear at the roller
links of timing chain. Replace timing chain if necessary.
PBIC0282E
Balancer Unit Mounting Bolt Outer Diameter

● Measure the outer diameters (“d1”, “d2”) at two positions as
● If reduction appears in “A” range, regard it as “d2 ”.
Limit (“d1” – “d2”) : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
● If it exceeds the limit (large difference in dimensions), replace it
with a new one.
PBIC1137E
EM-50
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
INSTALLATION
NOTE: A
The figure shows the relationship between the mating mark on each
timing chain and that on the corresponding sprocket, with the com-
ponents installed. EM
1. Make sure that crankshaft key points straight up.
PBIC2182E
H
2. Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in figure

with the following procedure, and install balancer unit.
I
CAUTION:
If mounting bolts are re-used, check their outer diameter
before installation. Refer to EM-50, "INSPECTION AFTER
REMOVAL" . J
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of mounting
bolts.
b. Tighten all bolts. K
: 48.1 N·m (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb) KBIA0122E
L
c. Turn all bolts 90 degrees clockwise (angle tightening).
d. Completely loosen.
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb) M
CAUTION:
In this step, loosen bolts in reverse order as shown in the
figure.
e. Tighten all bolts.
: 48.1 N·m (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb)
KBIA0080E
f. Turn them another 90 degrees clockwise (angle tightening).

CAUTION:
Check tightening angle with an angle wrench (SST) or a protractor. Do not make judgment by
visual check alone.
EM-51
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
3. Install crankshaft sprocket and balancer unit timing chain.
● Make sure that crankshaft sprocket is positioned with mating
marks on cylinder block and crankshaft sprocket meeting at
the top.
● Install it by aligning mating marks on each sprocket and bal-
ancer unit timing chain.
PBIC2183E
4. Install balancer unit timing chain tensioner.

NOTE:
Chain guide and tensioner move freely with the staking pin as
the axle. Therefore, bolt hole position of the three points could
be changed during removal. If points change, temporarily fix the
two mounting bolts on chain guide, and move tensioner to mate
the bolt holes.
● Be careful not to let mating marks of each sprocket and timing
chain slip.
● After installation, make sure the mating marks have not
slipped, then remove stopper pin and release tensioner KBIA0124E
sleeve.
5. Install timing chain and related parts.

● Install by aligning mating marks on each sprocket and timing
chain.
● Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to
make sure that mating marks have not slipped.
● After installing chain tensioner, remove stopper pin, and make
sure that tensioner moves freely.
CAUTION:
● For the following note, after the mating marks are
aligned, keep them aligned by holding them with a
hand.
● To avoid skipped teeth, do not rotate crankshaft and
camshaft until front cover is installed.
NOTE:
Before installing chain tensioner, it is possible to change the
position of mating mark on timing chain for that on each
sprocket for alignment.
PBIC2182E
6. Install front oil seal to front cover. Refer to EM-67, "Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal" .
7. Install front cover with the following procedure:
a. Install O-rings to cylinder head and cylinder block.
EM-52
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
[SST: WS39930000] to front cover as shown in the figure. A
NOTE:
Application instruction differs depending on the position. EM
Detail of A : Cross over the start of the applica-
tion and the end.
Detail of B : Apply liquid gasket outside of bolt C
holes. (For all bolt holes other than
B, apply to the inside.)
Detail of C : Between here only, apply 4.5 - 5.5 D
mm (0.177 - 0.217 in) dia.
G
SBIA0267E
c. Make sure that mating marks of timing chain and each sprocket are still aligned. Then install front cover.
CAUTION: H
● Do not let A/C and power steering pipings interfere with upper part of front cover.
● Be careful not to damage front oil seal by interference with front end of crankshaft.
I
d. Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in the fig-
ure.
e. After all bolts are tightened, retighten them to specified torque in J
numerical order as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wipe off any excessive liquid gasket leaking to K
surface for fitting oil pan.
KBIA0083E
8. Install chain guide between camshaft sprockets.

9. Install intake valve timing control cover with the following procedure:
a. Install intake valve timing control solenoid valves to intake valve timing control cover if removed.
b. Install oil rings to the camshaft sprocket (INT) insertion points on backside of intake valve timing control
cover.
c. Install O-ring to front cover.
EM-53
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
d. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with a tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] to intake valve timing control cover as
SBIA0260E
e. Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in the fig-

ure.
KBIA0085E
10. Insert crankshaft pulley by aligning with crankshaft key.

● When inserting crankshaft pulley with a plastic hammer, tap on its center portion (not circumference).
CAUTION:
Install protecting front oil seal lip section from any damage.
11. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolt.
● Secure crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder (commercial service tool), and tighten crankshaft pulley
bolt.
● Perform angle tightening with the following procedure:
a. Apply new engine oil to thread and seat surfaces of crankshaft pulley bolt.
b. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolt.
: 42.1 N·m (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb)

c. Put a paint mark on crankshaft pulley, mating with any one of six
easy to recognize angle marks on bolt flange.
d. Turn another 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening).
● Check the tightening angle with movement of one angle mark.
SEM751G
12. Install all removed parts in the reverse order of removal.
EM-54
TIMING CHAIN
[QR]
Inspection for Leaks A
The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak and exhaust gases leak.
● Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-17, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" . EM
● Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage.
– Turn ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel
leakage at connection points. C
– Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points.
● Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration.
D
NOTE:
If hydraulic pressure inside timing chain tensioner drops after removal/installation, slack in the guide may
generate a pounding noise during and just after engine start. However, this is normal. Noise will stop after
hydraulic pressure rises. E
● Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gases, or any oil/fluids
including engine oil and engine coolant.
● Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system. F
● After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the
specified level, if necessary.
G
Summary of the inspection items:
Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped
Engine coolant Level Leakage Level H
Engine oil Level Leakage Level
Other oils and fluid* Level Leakage Level
I
Fuel Leakage Leakage Leakage
Exhaust gases — Leakage —
* Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc. J
EM-55
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
CAMSHAFT PFP:13001
Removal and Installation BBS0015J
PBIC2184E
1. Camshaft bracket (No. 2 to 5) 2. Seal washer 3. Camshaft bracket (No. 1)

4. Front cover 5. Chain guide 6. Chain tensioner
7. Spring 8. Chain tensioner plunger 9. O-ring
Intake valve timing control solenoid
10. Oil ring 11. O-ring 12.
valve
13. Intake valve timing control cover 14. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 15. Camshaft sprocket (EXH)
16. O-ring 17. Valve lifter 18. Camshaft (INT)
19. Camshaft (EXH) 20. O-ring 21. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
NOTE:
This section describes removal/installation procedure of camshaft without removing front cover. If front cover
is removed or installed, removal of camshaft bracket (No. 1) is easier before step 8 and installation is easier
after step 3. Regarding removal and installation of front cover, refer to EM-46, "TIMING CHAIN" .
REMOVAL
● Ignition coil; Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" .
● Rocker cover; Refer to EM-44, "ROCKER COVER" .
3. Remove power steering reservoir tank from bracket to move power steering piping. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
EM-56
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
CAUTION:
To avoid power steering fluid leakage, temporarily fix power steering reservoir tank vertically. A
4. Remove intake valve timing control cover with the following procedure:
a. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
b. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve, if necessary. EM
c. Disconnect ground cables.
d. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure.
C
e. Use a seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] or equivalent tool to cut liq-
uid gasket for removal.
KBIA0085E
F
5. Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front cover.
6. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure:
a. Open splash guard on RH undercover. G
b. Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise and align TDC mark to timing
indicator on front cover.
H
KBIA0190E
c. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft K
sprockets are located as shown in the figure.
● If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to align mating
marks to the positions in the figure. L
PBIC2351E
7. Remove camshaft sprockets with the following procedure:

a. Line up the mating marks on camshaft sprockets, and paint indelible mating marks on timing chain link
plate.
EM-57
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
b. Push in chain tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into hole on
chain tensioner body to secure chain tensioner plunger and
remove chain tensioner.
NOTE:
Use approximately 0.5 mm (0.02 in) dia. hard metal pin as a
stopper pin.
KBIA0048E
c. Secure hexagonal part of camshaft with a wrench. Loosen cam-

shaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove camshaft sprockets.
CAUTION:
Do not rotate crankshaft or camshaft while timing chain is
removed. It causes interference between valve and piston.
NOTE:
Chain tension holding work is not necessary. Crankshaft
sprocket and timing chain do not disconnect structurally while
front cover is attached.
KBIA0049E
8. Remove camshaft position sensor (PHASE) from cylinder head back side.
CAUTION:
● Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks.
● Do not allow metal powder to adhere to magnetic part at sensor tip.
● Do not place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism.
9. Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order as shown in the figure,

and remove camshaft brackets and camshafts.
● Remove camshaft bracket (No. 1) by slightly tapping it with a
plastic hammer.
SBIA0255E
10. Remove valve lifters.

● Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up.

Camshaft Runout
1. Put V-block on a precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 jour-
nal of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft
sprocket) because it has a different diameter from the other
four locations.
2. Set dial indicator vertically to No. 3 journal.
3. Turn camshaft to one direction with hands, and measure the
camshaft runout on dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)
Standard: Less than 0.02 mm (0.0008 in). PBIC2499E
EM-58
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
4. If out of the standard, replace camshaft.
A
Camshaft Cam Height
1. Measure the camshaft cam height with a micrometer.
Standard: EM
Intake
QR20DE : 45.015 - 45.205 mm (1.7722 - 1.7797 in)
C
QR25DE : 45.665 - 45.855 mm (1.7978 - 1.8053 in)
Exhaust
QR20DE : 42.825 - 43.015 mm (1.6860 - 1.6935 in) D
QR25DE : 43.975 - 44.165 mm (1.7313 - 1.7388 in)
PBIC0039E
2. If out of the standard, replace camshaft.
E
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL DIAMETER
Measure the outer diameter of camshaft journal with a micrometer.
F
Standard:
No. 1 : 27.935 - 27.955 mm (1.0998 - 1.1006 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 23.435 - 23.455 mm (0.9226 - 0.9234 in) G
PBIC0040E
I
CAMSHAFT BRACKET INNER DIAMETER
● Tighten camshaft bracket bolts with specified torque. Refer to EM-61, "INSTALLATION" for the tightening J
procedure.
● Measure the inner diameter of camshaft bracket with an inside
micrometer.
K
Standard:
No. 1 : 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 23.500 - 23.521 mm (0.9252 - 0.9260 in) L
PBIC0041E
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OIL CLEARANCE

● (Oil clearance) = (Camshaft bracket inner diameter) – (Camshaft journal diameter)
Standard: 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)
● If out of the standard, replace either or both camshaft and cylinder head.
NOTE:
Camshaft bracket cannot be replaced as a single part, because it is machined together with cylinder head.
Replace whole cylinder head assembly.
EM-59
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
Camshaft End Play
1. Install camshaft in cylinder head. Refer to EM-61, "INSTALLATION" for tightening procedure.
2. Install dial indicator in thrust direction on front end of camshaft.
Read the end play of dial indicator when camshaft is moved for-
ward/backward (in direction to axis).
Standard: 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in)
PBIC2446E
● Measure the following parts if out of the standard.

– Dimension “A” for camshaft No. 1 journal
Standard : 25.800 - 25.848 mm (1.0157 - 1.0176 in)
– Dimension “B” for cylinder head No. 1 journal
Standard : 25.660 - 25.685 mm (1.0102 - 1.0112 in)
● Refer to the standards above, and then replace camshaft and/
or cylinder head.
KBIA2426J
Camshaft Sprocket Runout

1. Put V-block on precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journals of camshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft sprocket) because it has a different diameter
from the other four locations.
2. Measure the camshaft sprocket runout with a dial indicator.
(Total indicator reading)
Limit : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft sprocket.
PBIC0930E
Valve Lifter
Check if surface of valve lifter has any wear or cracks.
● If anything above is found, replace valve lifter. Refer to EM-64,
"Valve Clearance" .
KBIA0182E
EM-60
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
Valve Lifter Clearance
VALVE LIFTER OUTER DIAMETER A
● Measure the outer diameter of valve lifter with a micrometer.
Standard: 33.965 - 33.980 mm (1.3372 - 1.3378 in) EM
D
JEM798G
VALVE LIFTER HOLE DIAMETER E

Measure the diameter of valve lifter hole of cylinder head with an
inside micrometer.
Standard: 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in) F
VALVE LIFTER CLEARANCE
● (Valve lifter clearance) = (Valve lifter hole diameter) – (Valve
G
lifter outer diameter)
Standard: 0.020 - 0.056 mm (0.0008 - 0.0022 in)
● If out of the standard, referring to the each standard of valve H
lifter outer diameter and valve lifter hole diameter, replace either PBIC0043E
or both valve lifter and cylinder head.

INSTALLATION I
1. Install valve lifters.
● Install them in the original positions.
J
2. Install camshafts.
● Distinction between intake and exhaust camshafts is per-
formed with the different shapes of rear end.
K
Intake : Signal plate shape for camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
Exhaust : Cone end shape L
M
KBIA0246E
● Install camshafts so that camshaft dowel pins on the front side

are positioned as shown in the figure.
KBIA0051E
3. Install camshaft brackets with the following procedure:

a. Remove foreign material completely from camshaft bracket backside and from cylinder head installation
face.
EM-61
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
b. Install camshaft brackets (No. 2 to 5) aligning the identification
marks on upper surface as shown in the figure.
NOTE:
Install so that identification mark can be correctly read when
viewed from the exhaust side.
SBIA0256E
c. Install camshaft bracket (No. 1) with the following procedure:

i. Apply liquid gasket to camshaft bracket (No. 1) as shown in the
figure.
CAUTION:
After installation, be sure to wipe off any excessive liquid
gasket leaking from part “A”.
PBIC2579E
ii. Apply liquid gasket to camshaft bracket (No. 1) contact surface

on the front cover backside.
● Apply liquid gasket to the outside of bolt hole on front cover.
SBIA0258E
iii. For camshaft bracket (No. 1) near installation position, and

install it without disturbing the liquid gasket applied to the sur-
faces.
PBIC2641E
EM-62
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
4. Tighten mounting bolts of camshaft brackets in the following
steps, in numerical order as shown in the figure. A
a. Tighten No. 9 to 11 in numerical order.
: 2.0 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 1 ft-lb)
EM
b. Tighten No. 1 to 8 in numerical order.
: 2.0 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 1 ft-lb)
C
c. Tighten all bolts in numerical order.
: 5.9 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 4 ft-lb) SBIA0255E
D
d. Tighten all bolts in numerical order.
: 10.4 N·m (1.1 kg-m, 8 ft-lb)
E
CAUTION:
After tightening mounting bolts of camshaft brackets, be sure to wipe off excessive liquid gasket
from the parts listed below.
● Mating surface of rocker cover. F
● Mating surface of front cover. (When installed without front cover)
5. Install camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

G
6. Install camshaft sprockets.
● Install them by aligning the mating marks on each camshaft
sprocket with the ones painted on timing chain link plate dur-
H
ing removal.
CAUTION:
● Aligned mating marks could slip. Therefore, after
matching them, hold the timing chain in place by hand. I
● Before and after installing chain tensioner, make sure
again that mating marks have not slipped.
NOTE: J
Before installation of chain tensioner, it is possible to re-match
the marks on timing chain with the ones on each sprocket. PBIC2351E
7. Install chain tensioner. K

CAUTION:
After installation, pull the stopper pin off completely, and make sure that chain tensioner plunger
is released. L
8. Install chain guide.
9. Install intake valve timing control cover with the following procedure:
a. Install intake valve timing control solenoid valve to intake valve timing control cover if removed. M
b. Install oil rings to the camshaft sprocket (INT) insertion points on backside of intake valve timing control
cover.
c. Install O-ring to front cover.
d. Apply liquid gasket with a tube presser [SST: WS39930000] to
intake valve timing control cover as shown in the figure.
SBIA0260E
EM-63
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
e. Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order as shown in the fig-
ure.
KBIA0085E
10. Inspect and adjust valve clearance. Refer to EM-64, "Valve Clearance" .
Valve Clearance BBS0015K
INSPECTION
Perform inspection as follows after removal, installation or replacement of camshaft or valve-related parts, or if
there is unusual engine conditions regarding valve clearance.
1. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-44, "ROCKER COVER" .
2. Open splash guard on RH undercover.
3. Measure the valve clearance with the following procedure:
a. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke.
● Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise and align TDC mark to
timing indicator on front cover.
KBIA0190E
● At the same time, make sure that both intake and exhaust
cam noses of No. 1 cylinder face outside as shown in the fig-
ure.
● If they do not face outside, rotate crankshaft pulley once more
(360 degrees) and align as shown in the figure.
KBIA0400J
b. Use a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between valve lifter

and camshaft.
SEM139D
EM-64
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
Valve clearance:
Unit: mm (in) A
Cold Hot * (reference data)
Intake 0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
EM
Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*:Approximately 80°C (176°F)
● By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearances at C

locations marked “×” as shown in the table below (locations
indicated with black arrow in the figure) with a feeler gauge.
● No. 1 cylinder compression TDC D
Measuring position No. 1 CYL. No. 2 CYL. No. 3 CYL. No. 4 CYL.
No. 1 cylinder at INT × ×

E
compression TDC EXH × ×
PBIC2624E
F
c. Rotate crankshaft pulley one revolution (360 degrees) and align

TDC mark to timing indicator on front cover.
G
KBIA0190E
J
● By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance at
locations marked “×” as shown in the table below (locations
indicated with black arrow in the figure) with a feeler gauge.
K
● No. 4 cylinder compression TDC
Measuring position No. 1 CYL. No. 2 CYL. No. 3 CYL. No. 4 CYL.
INT × × L
No. 4 cylinder at
compression TDC EXH × ×
M
PBIC2625E
4. If out of standard, perform adjustment. Refer to EM-66, "ADJUSTMENT" .
EM-65
CAMSHAFT
[QR]
ADJUSTMENT
● Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter.
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-56, "REMOVAL" .
2. Remove valve lifters at the locations that are out of the standard.
3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a
micrometer.
KBIA0057E
4. Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement.
Valve lifter thickness calculation: t = t1 + (C1 – C2 )
t = Valve lifter thickness to be replaced
t1 = Removed valve lifter thickness
C1 = Measured valve clearance
C2 = Standard valve clearance:
Intake : 0.28 mm (0.011 in)
Exhaust : 0.30 mm (0.012 in)
● Thickness of new valve lifter can be identified by stamp mark
on the reverse side (inside the cylinder).
Stamp mark “696” indicates 6.96 mm (0.2740 in) in thickness.
KBIA0119E
NOTE:
Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes range 6.96 to 7.46 mm (0.2740 to 0.2937 in) in steps of 0.02
mm (0.0008 in) (when manufactured at factory). Refer to EM-119, "Available Valve Lifter" .
5. Install the selected valve lifter.
6. Install camshaft. Refer to EM-61, "INSTALLATION" .
7. Manually rotate crankshaft pulley a few rotations.
8. Make sure that valve clearances for cold engine are within specifications by referring to the specified val-
ues. Refer to EM-64, "INSPECTION" .
9. Install all removed parts in the reverse order of removal. Refer to EM-61, "INSTALLATION" .
10. Warm up the engine, and check for unusual noise and vibration.
EM-66
OIL SEAL
[QR]
OIL SEAL PFP:12279
A
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal BBS0015L
REMOVAL
1. Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-56, "CAMSHAFT" .
EM
2. Remove valve lifters. Refer to EM-56, "CAMSHAFT" .
3. Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose valve oil seal is to be removed to TDC. This will prevent valve
from dropping into cylinder.
C
CAUTION:
When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring front cover with timing chain.
4. Remove valve collet. D
● Compress valve spring with valve spring compressor, attach-
ment and adapter (SST). Remove valve collet with a magnet
hand.
E
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
F
G
PBIC1791E
5. Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring.

H
CAUTION:
Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring.
6. Remove valve oil seal with a valve oil seal puller (SST).
I
SEM093F
L
INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Press in valve oil seal to the height “H” shown in the figure with a M
valve oil seal drift (SST).
NOTE:
Dimension “H” is height that measured before installing valve
spring (with valve spring seat).
Height “H” : 11.8 - 12.4 mm (0.465 - 0.488 in)
KBIA1999J

Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal BBS0015M
REMOVAL
● RH undercover
EM-67
OIL SEAL
[QR]
● Drive belt; Refer to EM-13, "DRIVE BELTS" .
● Crankshaft pulley; Refer to EM-46, "TIMING CHAIN" .
2. Remove front oil seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
SEM829E
INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown in
the figure.
SEM715A
● Press-fit front oil seal until it is flush with front end surface of
front cover with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft.
● Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilt-

ing.
SBIA0266E

Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal BBS0015N
REMOVAL
1. Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" (M/T models) or AT-405,
2. Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-16, "CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER
AND FLYWHEEL" .
3. Remove drive plate (A/T models) or flywheel (M/T models). Refer to EM-89, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
4. Remove rear oil seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block.
INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to new rear oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
EM-68
OIL SEAL
[QR]
2. Install rear oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown in
the figure. A
EM
SEM715A
D
● Press in rear oil seal to the position as shown in the figure.
G
SBIA0281E
● Press-fit rear oil seal with a suitable drift [outside diameter H

102 mm (4.02 in), inside diameter 86 mm (3.39 in)].
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder I
block.
● Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilt-
ing. J
● Do not touch grease applied onto oil seal lip.
SBIA0280E K

L
EM-69
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
CYLINDER HEAD PFP:11041
On-Vehicle Service BBS0015O
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE

1. Warm up engine thoroughly. Then, stop it.
3. Disconnect fuel pump fuse to avoid fuel injection during mea-
surement.
PBIB0508E
4. Remove ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder. Refer to EM-31, "IGNITION COIL" and EM-32,
"SPARK PLUG" .
5. Connect engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-II).
6. Install compression tester with adapter onto spark plug hole.
KBIA0130E
● Use the adapter whose picking up end inserted to spark plug

hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it
may be caught by cylinder head during removal.
SBIA0533E
7. With accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn ignition switch to “START” for cranking. When the gauge
pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform these steps to check each cyl-
inder.
Compression pressure:
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi) /rpm
Engine type Standard Minimum Differential limit between cylinders
QR20DE 1,190 (11.9, 12.1, 173) / 250 990 (9.9, 10.1, 144) / 250
100 (1.0, 1.0, 14) / 250
QR25DE 1,250 (12.5, 12.8, 181) / 250 1,060 (10.6, 10.8, 154) / 250
CAUTION:
Always use a fully changed battery to obtain specified engine speed.
EM-70
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
If the engine speed is out of specified range, check battery liquid for proper gravity. Check engine
●
speed again with normal battery gravity. A
● If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with
combustion chamber (Valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head
gasket). After the checking, measure the compression pressure again. EM
● If some cylinder has low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole
of the cylinder to re-check it for compression.
– If the added engine oil improves the compression, piston rings may be worn out or damaged. Check C
piston rings and replace if necessary.
– If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, valves may be mal-
functioning. Check valves for damage. Replace valve or valve seat accordingly. D
● If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains
low even after the addition of engine oil, gaskets are leaking. In such a case, replace cylinder head gas-
kets.
E
8. After inspection is completed, install removed parts.
9. Start engine, and confirm that engine runs smoothly.
10. Perform trouble diagnosis. If DTC appears, erase it. Refer to EC-76, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (WITH F
EURO-OBD) or EC-574, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
Removal and Installation BBS0015P
PBIC2185E
1. Cylinder head assembly 2. Cylinder head gasket 3. Cylinder head bolt M
REMOVAL
2. Drain engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine Coolant" and LU-8, "Changing
Engine Oil" .
3. Remove the following components and related parts.
● Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly; Refer to EM-25, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND
THREE WAY CATALYST" .
● Intake manifold and fuel tube assembly (QR20DE); Refer to EM-18, "Removal and Installation
(QR20DE)" .
● Intake manifold collector, intake manifold and fuel tube assembly (QR25DE); Refer to EM-21, "Removal
and Installation (QR25DE)" .
● Water control valve and water control valve housing (water outlet); Refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT
AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .
EM-71
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
NOTE:
Can be removed and installed even when assembled with cylinder head.
4. Remove front cover and timing chain. Refer to EM-46, "TIMING CHAIN" .
5. Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-56, "CAMSHAFT" .
6. Securely support bottom of cylinder block with a jack or equivalent tool, and release the hoist that was
supporting it.
7. Remove cylinder head loosening bolts in reverse order as
● Using the following tool, loosen cylinder head bolts.
Bolt with washer

: Hexagonal wrench [size 10 mm (0.39 in)]
Flange bolt
: TORX socket (size E20)
NOTE:
There are two types of cylinder head bolt because of parallel KBIA0058E
manufacture.
8. Remove cylinder head gasket.
Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter
● Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening
method. Whenever the size difference between “d1” and “d2”
exceeds the limit, replace them with a new one.
Limit (“d1” – “d2”): 0.23 mm (0.0091 in)
● If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than
“d2”, use it as “d2” point.
NOTE:
When replacing any cylinder head bolts, it is possible to use them
with mixing flange bolt and bolt with washer.
SBIA0269E
Cylinder Head Distortion

NOTE:
When performing this inspection, cylinder block distortion should be also checked. Refer to EM-110, "CYLIN-
DER BLOCK DISTORTION" .
1. Wipe off engine oil and remove water scale (like deposit), gasket, sealant, carbon, etc. with a scraper.
CAUTION:
Use utmost care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for engine oil or water.
2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure the distortion in six directions.
Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head.
PBIC0075E
EM-72
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
INSTALLATION
1. Install cylinder head gasket. A
2. Tighten cylinder head bolts in numerical order as shown in figure
with the following procedure, and install cylinder head.
CAUTION: EM
If cylinder head bolts are re-used, check their outer diame-
ters before installation. Refer to EM-72, "Cylinder Head
Bolts Outer Diameter" . C
a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surface of mounting
bolts.
b. Tighten all bolts. D
: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb) KBIA0058E
c. Turn all bolts 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening). E

d. Completely loosen.
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb)
F
CAUTION:
In this step, loosen bolts in reverse order of that indicated in the figure.
e. Tighten all bolts.
G
: 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
f. Turn all bolts 75 degrees clockwise (angle tightening). H

g. Turn all bolts 75 degrees clockwise again (angle tightening).
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using an angle I
wrench (SST) or protractor. Avoid judgment by visual
inspection without the tool.
J
KBIA0059E
K

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION L
Inspection for Leaks
M
quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-17, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" .
leakage at connection points.
● Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system.
EM-73
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
Engine coolant Level Leakage Level
* Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.
Disassembly and Assembly BBS0015Q
PBIC2629E
1. Valve collet 2. Valve spring retainer 3. Valve spring (with valve spring seat)
4. Valve oil seal 5. Valve guide 6. Cylinder head
7. Valve seat 8. Valve (INT) 9. Valve (EXH)
10. Spark plug tube 11. Spark plug
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove spark plug with spark plug wrench (commercial service tool).
2. Remove spark plug tube, if necessary.
● Using pliers, remove it from cylinder head.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage cylinder head.
● Do not remove spark plug tube if not necessary. Once removed, spark plug tube cannot be
reused because of deformation.
3. Remove valve lifter.
4. Remove valve collet.
EM-74
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
●Compress valve spring with valve spring compressor, attach-
ment and adapter (SST). Remove valve collet with a magnet A
hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. EM
PBIC1791E
D
5. Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring (with valve spring seat).
CAUTION:
Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring. E
6. Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove valve.
7. Remove valve oil seal with a valve oil seal puller (SST). F
SEM093F I
8. When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-79, "VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT" to removal.
9. When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-77, "VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT" to removal. J
ASSEMBLY
1. Install valve guide if removed. Refer to EM-77, "VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT" .
K
2. Install valve seat if removed. Refer to EM-79, "VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT" .
3. Install valve oil seal.
● Install with a valve oil seal drift (SST) to match dimension in
L
the figure.
NOTE:
Dimension “H” is height that measured before installing valve
spring (with valve spring seat). M
Height “H” : 11.8 - 12.4 mm (0.465 - 0.488 in)
KBIA1999J
4. Install valve.
● Install larger diameter to intake side.
EM-75
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
5. Install valve spring (with valve spring seat).
● Install smaller pitch (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head
side.
● Confirm identification color of valve spring.
Intake : Blue
Exhaust : Yellow
PBIC0525E
6. Install valve spring retainer.

7. Install valve collet.
● Compress valve spring with a valve spring compressor,
attachment and adapter (SST). Install valve collet with a mag-
net hand.
CAUTION:
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter
holes.
● Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after instal-
lation to check its installed condition.
PBIC1791E
8. Install valve lifter.

9. Install spark plug tube if removed.
● Press-fit it into cylinder head with the following procedure:
a. Remove old thread locking sealant from cylinder head side

installation hole.
b. Apply thread locking sealant all round on spark plug tube within
approximately 12 mm (0.47 in) width from edge of spark plug
tube on the press-fit side.
Use Genuine Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent.
c. Using a drift, press-fit spark plug tube so that height is as same
as “H” shown in figure. PBIC2636E
Standard press-fit height “H”:

41.2 - 42.2 mm (1.622 - 1.661 in)
CAUTION:
●When press-fitting, be careful not to deform spark plug tube.
● After press-fitting, wipe off any protruding thread locking sealant on top surface of cylinder
head.
10. Install spark plug with spark plug wrench (commercial service tool).
EM-76
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
Inspection after Disassembly BBS0015R
VALVE DIMENSIONS A
● Check dimensions of each valve. For dimensions, refer to EM-
118, "Valve Dimensions" .
● If dimensions are out of the standard, replace valve. EM
D
SEM188A
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE E

Valve Stem Diameter
Measure the diameter of valve stem with a micrometer.
Standard F
Intake : 5.965 - 5.980 mm (0.2348 - 0.2354 in)
Exhaust : 5.955 - 5.970 mm (0.2344 - 0.2350 in)
G
SEM938C
Valve Guide Inner Diameter I

Measure the inner diameter of valve guide with a bore gauge.
Standard J
Intake and Exhaust
: 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 - 0.2369 in)
K
Valve Guide Clearance
(Valve guide clearance) = (Valve guide inner diameter) – (Valve stem diameter).
Valve guide clearance: L
Standard
Intake : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in)
Exhaust : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - 0.0025 in) M
Limit
Intake : 0.08 mm (0.003 in)
Exhaust : 0.09 mm (0.004 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace valve guide and/or valve.
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT
When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized [0.2 mm (0.008 in)] valve guide.
EM-77
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110 to 130°C (230
to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil.
SEM008A
2. Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2 ton, 2.2 US

ton, 2.0 lmp ton) pressure] or hammer and suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective
equipment to avoid getting burned.
SEM931C
3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole with a valve guide reamer
(commercial service tool).
Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts):
Intake and exhaust
: 10.175 - 10.196 mm (0.4006 - 0.4014 in)
SEM932C
4. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130°C (230 to 266°F) by soaking in

heated oil.
SEM008A
5. Press valve guide from camshaft side to dimensions as shown

in the figure.
Projection “H”:
Intake : 10.1 - 10.3 mm (0.398 - 0.406 in)
Exhaust : 10.0 - 10.4 mm (0.394 - 0.409 in)
CAUTION:
PBIC2187E
EM-78
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
6. Apply reamer finish to valve guide with a valve guide reamer
(commercial service tool). A
Standard
Intake and exhaust:
EM
6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 - 0.2369 in)
SEM932C
D
VALVE SEAT CONTACT
● After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves
are within specifications, perform this procedure.
E
● Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of
valve seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the sur-
face.
● Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the cir- F
cumference.
● If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contact-
ing surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, G
replace valve seat.
SBIA0322E
VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT H

When valve seat is removed, replace with oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. Refer to EM-121, "Valve Seat" . I
2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat.
Oversize [0.5 mm (0.020 in)]
J
Intake : 37.000 - 37.016 mm (1.4567 - 1.4573 in)
Exhaust : 32.000 - 32.016 mm (1.2598 - 1.2605 in)
● Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center. K
This will enable valve seat to fit correctly.
L
SEM795A
3. Heat cylinder head to 110 to 130°C (230 to 266°F) by soaking in M

heated oil.
SEM008A
4. Provide valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Press-fit valve seat into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
● Avoid directly to touching cold valve seats.
● Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned.
EM-79
CYLINDER HEAD
[QR]
5. Using valve seat cutter set (commercial service tool) or valve
seat grinder, finish valve seat to the specified dimensions. For
dimensions, refer to EM-121, "Valve Seat" .
CAUTION:
When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle
with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all
around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper
pressure on with the cutter or cutting many different times
may result in stage valve seat.
SEM934C
6. Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting.

7. Check again for normal contact. Refer to EM-79, "VALVE SEAT CONTACT" .
VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS
● Set try square along the side of valve spring and rotate the
spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top of
valve spring and try square.
CAUTION:
Limit: 1.9 mm (0.075 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace valve spring (with valve spring
seat).
PBIC0080E
VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD

● Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at
the specified spring height.
CAUTION:
SEM113
Standard:
Items Intake Exhaust
Free height 44.84 - 45.34 mm (1.7654 - 1.7850 in) 45.28 - 45.78 mm (1.7827 - 1.8024 in)
Installation height 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in)
Installation load 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg, 34 - 39 lb) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg, 34 - 39 lb)
Height during valve open 24.94 mm (0.9819 in) 26.39 mm (1.0390 in)
Load with valve open 358 - 408 N (36.5 - 41.6 kg, 80 - 92 lb) 325 - 371 N (33.1 - 37.8 kg, 73 - 83 lb)
Identification color Blue Yellow
● If the installation load or load with valve open is out of the standard, replace valve spring (with valve spring
seat).
EM-80
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY PFP:10001
A
Removal and Installation (2WD Models) BBS0015S
EM
PBIC3831E
1. Rear engine mounting insulator 2. Rubber seat 3. Rear engine mounting bracket J
4. RH engine mounting insulator 5. RH engine mounting bracket 6. Front engine mounting bracket
7. Front engine mounting insulator 8. Grommet 9. Center member
10. LH engine mounting insulator 11. Stopper 12. LH engine mounting bracket K
WARNING:
● Situate the vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
L
● Place chocks at front and back of rear wheels.
● For engines not equipped with engine slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts described in
PARTS CATALOG.
M
CAUTION:
● Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
● Do not start working until exhaust system and coolant are cool enough.
● If items or work required are not covered by the engine section, refer to the applicable sections.
● Always use the support point specified for lifting.
● Use either 2-pole lift type or separate type lift as best you can. If board-on type is used for
unavoidable reasons, support at the rear axle jacking point with a transmission jack or similar tool
before starting work, in preparation for the backward shift of center of gravity.
● For supporting points for lifting and jacking point at rear axle, refer to GI-36, "Garage Jack and
Safety Stand" .
EM-81
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
REMOVAL
Outline
Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle downward. Separate engine and transaxle.
Preparation
1. Remove hood assembly. Refer to BL-12, "HOOD" .
3. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
CAUTION:
● Perform this step when the engine is cold.
● Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt.

● LH and RH undercovers
● Front road wheels and tyres
● Battery; Refer to SC-4, "BATTERY" .
● Air duct and air cleaner case assembly; Refer to EM-16, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
● Radiator and radiator cooling fan assembly; Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
5. Disconnect engine room harness from the engine side and set it aside for easier work.
6. Disconnect all vacuum hoses and air hoses connected to vehicle side at engine side.
Engine Room LH
1. Disconnect fuel feed hoses, and plug them to prevent fuel from draining. Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJEC-
TOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
2. Disconnect heater hoses, and install plugs them to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to CO-23,
"THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .
3. Disconnect clutch operating cylinder from transaxle, and move it aside. Refer to CL-12, "OPERATING
CYLINDER" .
4. Disconnect shift and select cable from transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "CONTROL LINKAGE" .
5. Disconnect B terminal harness of starter motor. Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
Engine Room RH
1. Remove engine coolant reservoir tank. Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
2. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from engine. Temporarily secure it on vehicle side with a
rope to avoid putting load on it. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
3. Remove power steering oil pump with piping connected from engine. Temporarily secure it on vehicle side
with a rope to avoid putting load on it. Refer to PS-37, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .
Vehicle Underbody
2. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (upper) lower rear side. Refer to MT-19, "TRAN-
SAXLE ASSEMBLY" .
3. Remove front wheel sensor (LH and RH) for ABS from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-41, "WHEEL SEN-
SORS" .
4. Remove brake caliper assembly with piping connected from steering knuckle. Temporarily secure it on the
vehicle side with a rope to avoid load on it. Refer to BR-25, "FRONT DISC BRAKE" .
5. Remove LH and RH drive shafts from steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-11, "FRONT DRIVE SHAFT" .
Removal
1. Install engine slingers into front-left of cylinder head and rear-right of cylinder head.
EM-82
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
A
Slinger bolts:
Front
: 57.9 N·m (5.9 kg-m, 43 ft-lb) EM
Rear
: 28.0 N·m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
C
SBIA0271E
D
2. Lift with hoist and secure engine in appropriate position.
3. Use a manual lift table caddy (commercial service tool) or equiv-
alently rigid tool such as a transmission jack. Securely support
E
bottom of engine and transaxle, and simultaneously adjust hoist
tension.
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting F
surface, secure a completely stable condition.
KBIA0256E
H
4. Remove RH engine mounting insulator.
5. Pull LH engine mounting through-bolt out.
6. Remove center member. I
K
PBIC2748E
7. Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle downward by carefully operating supporting tools.
CAUTION: L
● During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with vehicle side.
● Before and during this lifting, always check if any harnesses are left connected.
● During the removal operation, always be careful to prevent vehicle from falling off the lift due to
M
changes in the center of gravity.
● If necessary, support vehicle by setting jack or suitable tool at the rear.
8. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-23, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

9. Remove rear engine mounting bracket.
10. Separate the engine and the transaxle. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" .
INSTALLATION
● Do not allow engine oil to get on engine mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage engine mounting
insulator.
● When installation directions are specified, install parts according to the direction marks on them referring
to the figure of components. Refer to EM-81, "Removal and Installation (2WD Models)" .
● Make sure that each mounting insulator is seated properly, and tighten mounting nuts and bolts.
EM-83
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
EM-84
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
Removal and Installation (4WD Models) BBS0015T
EM
I
PBIC3830E
1. Rear engine mounting insulator 2. Rear engine mounting bracket 3. RH engine mounting insulator
4. RH engine mounting bracket 5. Front engine mounting bracket 6. Front engine mounting insulator
J
7. Center member 8. LH engine mounting insulator 9. LH engine mounting bracket
10. Stopper 11. Grommet
WARNING: K
● Situate vehicle on a flat and solid surface.
● For engines not equipped with engine slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts described in L
PARTS CATALOG.
CAUTION:
● Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations. M
● Do not start working until exhaust system and engine coolant are cool enough.
● If items or work required are not covered by the engine section, refer to the applicable sections.
unavoidable reasons, support at the rear axle jacking point with transmission jack or similar tool
Safety Stand" .
REMOVAL
Outline
Remove engine, transaxle and transfer assembly with front suspension member from vehicle downward. Sep-
arate front suspension member, and then separate engine and transaxle.
Preparation
EM-85
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
3. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-9, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
● LH and RH undercovers
● Front road wheels and tyres
● Radiator and radiator cooling fan assembly; Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR" .
Engine Room LH
1. Disconnect fuel feed hose, and plug it to prevent fuel from draining. Refer to EM-34, "FUEL INJECTOR
AND FUEL TUBE"
2. Disconnect heater hose, and install plug it to prevent engine coolant from draining.
3. Disconnect control cable from transaxle (A/T models). Refer to AT-396, "ON-VEHICLE SERVICE" .
4. Disconnect clutch operating cylinder from transaxle, and move it aside (M/T models). Refer to CL-12,
"OPERATING CYLINDER" .
5. Disconnect shift and select cable from transaxle (M/T models). Refer to MT-16, "CONTROL LINKAGE" .
Engine Room RH
2. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from engine. Temporarily secure it on vehicle side with a
rope to avoid putting load on it. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
Vehicle Underbody
2. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-3, "REAR PROPELLER SHAFT" .
3. Remove steering lower joint from steering gear. Refer to PS-11, "STEERING COLUMN" .
4. Disconnect power steering fluid piping at a point between vehicle and engine. Refer to PS-37, "HYDRAU-
LIC LINE" .
5. Remove rear plate cover from oil pan (upper). Then remove bolts fixing drive plate to torque converter
(A/T models). Refer to EM-27, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" and AT-405, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLA-
TION" .
6. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (upper) lower rear side. Refer to MT-19, "TRAN-
SAXLE ASSEMBLY" (M/T models) or AT-405, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (A/T models).
7. Remove front wheel sensor (LH and RH) for ABS from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-41, "WHEEL SEN-
SORS" (ABS) or BRC-107, "WHEEL SENSORS" (ESP/TCS/ABS).
8. Remove brake caliper assembly with piping connected from steering knuckle. Temporarily secure it on
vehicle side with a rope to avoid load on it. Refer to BR-25, "FRONT DISC BRAKE" .
9. Remove lower ends of left and right strut from steering knuckle. Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUSPENSION
ASSEMBLY" .
Removal
1. Install engine slingers into front left of cylinder head and rear right of cylinder head.
EM-86
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
Slinger bolts: A
Front
: 57.9 N·m (5.9 kg-m, 43 ft-lb) EM
Rear
: 28.0 N·m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb)
C
SBIA0271E
D
2. Lift with hoist and secure engine in appropriate position.
3. Use a manual lift table caddy (commercial service tool) or equiv-
alently rigid tool such as a transmission jack. Securely support
E
tension.
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting F
surface, secure a completely stable condition.
KBIA0256E
H
5. Pull LH engine mounting through-bolt out.
I
K
PBIC2188E
6. Remove mounting bolts at front end of center member. L

7. Remove front suspension member mounting bolts and nuts.
Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY" .
M
KBIA0270E
8. Remove engine, transaxle and transfer assembly with front suspension member and center member from
vehicle downward by carefully operating supporting tools.
CAUTION:
● During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with vehicle side.
● If necessary, support vehicle by setting a jack or equivalent tool at the rear.
EM-87
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[QR]
9. Remove power steering oil pump with piping connected from engine. Move it aside on front suspension
member. Refer to PS-37, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .
10. Remove front engine mounting and rear engine mounting through-bolts to remove front suspension mem-
ber and center member.
12. Separate engine and transaxle. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" (M/T models) or AT-405,
INSTALLATION
● Do not allow engine oil to get on engine mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage engine mounting
insulator.
to figure of components. Refer to EM-85, "Removal and Installation (4WD Models)" .
● Make sure that each mounting insulator is seated properly, and tighten mounting bolts and nuts.
EM-88
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
CYLINDER BLOCK PFP:11010
A
Disassembly and Assembly BBS0015U
EM
PBIC3599E
1. Cylinder block 2. O-ring 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

4. Knock sensor 5. Water drain plug 6. Lower cylinder block
7. Lower cylinder block mounting bolt 8. Snap ring 9. Connecting rod
10. Connecting rod bearing 11. Connecting rod bearing cap 12. Connecting rod bolt
13. Piston 14. Oil ring 15. Second ring
16. Top ring 17. Piston pin 18. Thrust bearing
19. Main bearing upper 20. Crankshaft 21. Crankshaft key
22. Main bearing lower 23. Rear oil seal 24. Pilot converter (A/T models)
25. Signal plate 26. Drive plate (A/T models) 27. Reinforce plate (A/T models)
28. Flywheel (M/T models)
EM-89
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove engine, transaxle and transfer (4WD models) assembly from vehicle, and separate transaxle and
transfer (4WD models) assembly from engine. Refer to EM-81, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
2. Mount engine on an engine stand with the following procedure:
a. Remove oil cooler with oil cooler bracket on right side of cylinder block. Refer to LU-11, "OIL COOLER" .
b. Install engine sub-attachment (SST) to right side of cylinder
block.
● Do not use bolt hole at the upper right looking from bolt inser-
tion side as shown in the figure.
PBIC2190E
● Machine a bolt hole at the lower right of the engine sub-

attachment looking from bolt insertion side as shown in the
figure.
SBIA0272E
c. Lift engine, and mount it onto the engine stand (SST).
KBIA0140E
EM-90
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● A widely use engine stand can be used.
NOTE: A
This example is an engine stand for holding at transaxle
mounting side with flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (A/T
models) removed. EM
PBIC0085E
D
4. Drain engine coolant by removing water drain plug from inside of
engine. E
PBIC2716E
H
5. Remove cylinder head. Refer to EM-70, "CYLINDER HEAD" .
6. Remove knock sensor.
CAUTION: I
Carefully handle knock sensor avoiding shocks.
7. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS).
CAUTION: J
● Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
● Keep it away from metal particles. K

● Do not place sensor in a location where it is exposed to
magnetism.
L
PBIC2191E
M
8. Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-16, "CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER
AND FLYWHEEL" .
9. Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (A/T models).
● Secure crankshaft with a stopper plate, and remove mounting
bolts.
● Using the following TORX socket, loosen mounting bolts.
Flywheel (M/T models)

: size T55 (commercial service tool)
Drive plate (A/T models)
: size E20
CAUTION: PBIC2352E
Be careful not to damage contact surface for clutch disc of

flywheel (M/T models).
EM-91
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
NOTE:
The flywheel, two block construction, allows movement in response to transaxle side pressure, or when
twisted in its rotational direction. Therefore, some amount of noise is normal.
10. Remove pilot converter using pilot bushing puller (SST) or suit-
able tool. (A/T models)
NOTE:
M/T models have no pilot bushing.
SBIA0274E
11. Remove piston and connecting rod assembly with the following procedure:
● Before removing piston and connecting rod assembly, check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer
to EM-107, "CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE" .
a. Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be removed onto the bottom dead center.
b. Remove connecting rod cap.
c. Using a hammer handle or similar tool, push piston and connect-
ing rod assembly out to the cylinder head side.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall, resulting from
an interference of the connecting rod big end.
PBIC0259E
12. Remove connecting rod bearings.

CAUTION:
When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order.
13. Remove piston rings form piston.
● Use a piston ring expander (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
● When removing piston rings, be careful not to damage
the piston.
● Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding
them excessively.
PBIC0087E
14. Remove piston from connecting rod with the following procedure:
EM-92
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
a. Using snap ring pliers, remove snap ring.
A
EM
PBIC1638E
D
b. Heat piston to 60 to 70°C (140 to 158°F) with a industrial use
drier or equivalent.
E
G
PBIC1639E
c. Push out piston pin with stick of outer diameter approximately 19 H

mm (0.75 in).
PBIC0262E
K
15. Remove lower cylinder block mounting bolts.
● Loosen them in reverse order as shown in the figure, and
remove them. L
● Use TORX socket (size E14) for bolts No. 1 to 10.
● Before loosening lower cylinder block mounting bolts, mea-

sure crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-107, "CRANKSHAFT M
END PLAY" .
KBIA0063E
16. Remove lower cylinder block.

● Use a seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] or equivalent tool to cut liquid gasket for removal.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mounting surface.
17. Remove crankshaft.
EM-93
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
CAUTION:
● Be careful not damage or deform signal plate mounted on
crankshaft.
● When setting crankshaft on a flat floor surface, use a
block of wood to avoid interference between signal plate
and the floor surface.
● Do not remove signal plate unless it is necessary to do
so.
NOTE:
When removing or installing signal plate, use TORX socket (size
T30).
SBIA0275E
18. Pull rear oil seal out from rear end of crankshaft.
NOTE:
When replacing rear oil seal without removing lower cylinder block, use a screwdriver to pull it out from
between crankshaft and cylinder block.
CAUTION:
19. Remove main bearings and thrust bearings from cylinder block and lower cylinder block.
CAUTION:
Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up.
ASSEMBLY
1. Fully air-blow engine coolant and engine oil passages in cylinder block, cylinder bore and crankcase to
remove any foreign material.
CAUTION:
Use a goggles to protect your eye.
2. Install each plug to cylinder block as shown in the figure.
● Apply liquid gasket to the thread of water drain plug “A”.
NOTE:
Do not apply liquid gasket to the thread of plug “B”.
PBIC2770E
● Tighten each plug as specified below.

Part Washer Tightening torque
A No 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb)
B Yes 53.9 N·m (5.5 kg-m, 40 ft-lb)
3. Install main bearings and thrust bearings with the following procedure:
a. Remove dust, dirt, and engine oil on the bearing mating surfaces of cylinder block and lower cylinder
block.
EM-94
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
b. Install thrust bearings to the both sides of the No. 3 journal hous-
ing on cylinder block. A
● Install thrust bearings with the oil groove facing crankshaft
arm (outside).
EM
PBIC0264E
D
c. Install the main bearings paying attention to the direction.
● Main bearing with an oil hole and groove goes on cylinder
block. The one without them goes on lower cylinder block. E
● Only main bearing (on cylinder block) for No. 3 journal has dif-
ferent specifications.
● Before installing main bearings, apply new engine oil to the F
bearing surface (inside). Do not apply new engine oil to the
back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
● When installing, align main bearing stopper to the notch.
G
● Ensure the oil holes on cylinder block and those on the corre-
sponding bearing are aligned. PBIC2193E
H
4. Install signal plate to crankshaft if removed.
a. Position crankshaft and signal plate using a dowel pin, and
tighten mounting bolts. I
b. Remove dowel pin.
CAUTION:
Be sure to remove dowel pin. J
NOTE:
Dowel pin of crankshaft and signal plate is provided as a set for
each. If dowel pin is not available (when reusing crankshaft and K
signal), use M6 bolt [length 10 mm (0.39 in) or more] as a substi-
tute.
SBIA0278E
5. Install crankshaft to cylinder block. L
● While turning crankshaft by hand, make sure that it turns smoothly.
6. Install lower cylinder block with the following procedure:

a. Apply liquid gasket with a tube presser [SST: WS39930000] to M
lower cylinder block as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
After liquid gasket is applied, rear oil seal installation must
be finished within 5 minutes. Therefore, the following pro-
cedure must be performed quickly.
NOTE:
Lower cylinder block cannot be replaced as a single part,
because it is machined together with cylinder block.
b. Tighten lower cylinder block mounting bolts with the following SBIA0279E
procedure:
i. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of mounting bolts.
EM-95
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
ii. Tighten M8 bolts in numerical order from No. 11 to 22 in the fig-
ure.
: 25.1 N·m (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)
NOTE:
There are more processes to complete the tightening of mount-
ing bolts. However stop procedure here to install rear oil seal.
KBIA0063E
c. Install rear oil seal. Refer to EM-68, "Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal" .
d. Restart tightening of lower cylinder block mounting bolts with the following procedure:
i. Tighten M10 bolts in numerical order from No. 1 to 10.
: 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
KBIA0063E
ii. Turn M10 bolts 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening) in order

from No. 1 to 10 in the figure.
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using an angle
wrench (SST) or protractor. Avoid judgment by visual
KBIA0065E
● After installing mounting bolts, make sure that crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand.
● Wipe off completely any protruding liquid gasket on front side of engine.
● Check crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-107, "CRANKSHAFT END PLAY" .
7. Install piston to connecting rod with the following procedure:
a. Using snap ring pliers, install new snap ring to the groove of the piston rear side.
● Insert it fully into groove to install.
b. Assemble piston to connecting rod.

● Using an industrial use drier or similar tool, heat the piston until the piston pin can be pushed in by hand
without excess force [approx. 60 to 70 °C (140 to 158 °F)]. From the front to the rear, insert piston pin
into piston and connecting rod.
EM-96
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● Assemble so that the front mark on the piston head and the oil
holes and the cylinder number on connecting rod are posi- A
tioned as shown in the figure.
c. Install new snap ring to the groove of the piston front side.
● Insert it fully into groove to install. EM
● After installing, make sure that connecting rod moves
smoothly.
C
PBIC2194E
D
8. Using a piston ring expander (commercial service tool), install piston rings.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage piston. E
● Position each ring with the gap as shown in the figure refer-
ring to the piston front mark.
● Install second ring with the stamped surface facing upward. F
Stamped mark:
Top ring :—
G
Second ring : 2F
NOTE:
If there is no stamped mark on piston ring, no specific orienta- H
tion is required for installation.
PBIC2195E
I
9. Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and connecting rod cap.
● When installing connecting rod bearings, apply new engine oil to the bearing surface (inside). Do not
apply new engine oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it.
J
● When installing, align the connecting rod bearing stopper pro-
trusion with the cutout of connecting rod and connecting rod
cap to install.
● Ensure the oil hole on connecting rod and that on the corre-
K
sponding bearing are aligned.
M
PBIC0266E
10. Install piston and connecting rod assembly to crankshaft.

● Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be installed onto the bottom dead center.
● Apply new engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston and crankshaft pin.
● Match the cylinder position with the cylinder number on connecting rod to install.
EM-97
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● Using a piston ring compressor (SST) or suitable tool, install
piston with the front mark on the piston head facing the front
of the engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.
PBIC1619E
11. Install connecting rod cap.

● Match the stamped cylinder number marks on connecting rod
with those on connecting rod cap to install.
PBIC2196E
12. Tighten connecting rod bolt with the following procedure:

a. Apply new engine oil to the threads and seats of connecting rod bolts.
b. Tighten bolts.
: 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
c. Then turn all bolts 90 degrees clockwise (Angle tightening).
CAUTION:
Check and confirm the tightening angle by using an angle
wrench (SST) or protractor. Avoid judgement by visual
KBIA0068E
● After tightening connecting rod bolt, make sure that crankshaft rotates smoothly.
● Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-107, "CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE" .
13. Install flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (A/T models).

CAUTION:
Make sure that dowel pin is installed at the rear end of crankshaft.
● When installing flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (A/T models) to crankshaft, make sure that align
crankshaft side dowel pin with flywheel/drive-plate side dowel pin hole correctly.
CAUTION:
If these are not aligned correctly, engine runs roughly and “MI” turns on.
● Secure crankshaft with a stopper plate, and tighten mounting bolts crosswise over several times.
EM-98
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● Install drive plate, reinforcement plate and pilot converter as
shown in figure (A/T models). A
● Using a drift of 33 mm (1.30 in) in diameter, press-fit pilot con-
verter into the end of crankshaft until it stops (A/T models).
EM
KBIA0075E
D
14. Install knock sensor.
● Install knock sensor with connector facing lower left by 45
degrees as shown in the figure. E
CAUTION:
● Do not tighten mounting bolts while holding the connec-
tor.
F
● If any impact by dropping is applied to knock sensor,
replace it with a new one.
NOTE: G
● Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder
block mating surface and the back surface of knock sensor.
KBIA0069E
● Make sure that knock sensor does not interfere with other
H
parts.
15. Install crankshaft position sensor (POS).
16. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly after this step.
I
How to Select Piston and Bearing BBS0015V
DESCRIPTION
Selection points Selection parts Selection items Selection methods J
Determined by match of cylin-
der block bearing housing
Between cylinder block and
Main bearing
Main bearing grade (bearing grade (inner diameter of hous- K
crankshaft thickness) ing) and crankshaft journal
grade (outer diameter of jour-
nal)
L
Combining service grades for
connecting rod big end diame-
Between crankshaft and con- Connecting rod bearing grade
Connecting rod bearing ter and crankshaft pin outer
necting rod (bearing thickness)
diameter determine connecting M
rod bearing selection.
Piston and piston pin assembly
Between cylinder block and pis- Piston grade (piston outer Piston grade = cylinder bore
(piston is available together
ton diameter) grade (inner diameter of bore)
with piston pin as an assembly.)
Between piston and connecting
— — —
rod*
*For the service parts, the grade for fitting cannot be selected between piston pin and connecting rod. (Only grade “0” is available.) The
information at the shipment from the plant is described as a reference.
● The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
● For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
● For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, refer to the text.
EM-99
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
HOW TO SELECT PISTON
When New Cylinder Block is Used
● Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block,
and select piston of the same grade.
● If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as
a correct reference.
SBIA0283E
When Cylinder Block is Reused

1. Measure the cylinder bore inner diameter. Refer to EM-111, "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter" .
2. Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner
diameter of the “Piston Selection Table”.
3. Select piston of the same grade.
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number (Mark) 2 (or no mark) 3
Cylinder bore Inner diameter 89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047) 89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051)
Piston skirt diameter 88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039) 89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
NOTE:
● There is no piston grade “1”.
● Piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
● The piston pin (piston pin hole) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts,
no grades can be selected. (Only grade “0” is available.)
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING

When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used
1. Apply connecting rod big end diameter grade stamped on con-
necting rod side face to the row in the “Connecting Rod Bearing
Selection Table”.
PBIC2196E
2. Apply crankshaft pin journal diameter grade stamped on crank-

shaft front side to the column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing
Selection Table”.
PBIC2198E
EM-100
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection A
Table”.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing.
When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused EM
1. Measure the dimensions of the connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter indi-
vidually. Refer to EM-109, "CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER" and EM-113, "CRANKSHAFT
PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER" . C
2. Apply the measured dimension to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”.
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection
Table”. D
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing.
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table
E
PBIC2199E
EM-101
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number 0 1 2 3
1.495 - 1.499 1.499 - 1.503 1.503 - 1.507 1.507 - 1.511
Thickness
(0.0589 - 0.0590) (0.0590 - 0.0592) (0.0592 - 0.0593) (0.0593 - 0.0595)
Identification color Black Brown Green Yellow
Undersize Bearings Usage Guide

● When the specified connecting rod bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod
bearings, use undersize (US) bearings.
● When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the connecting rod bearing inner diameter with bearing
installed, and grind the crankshaft pin so that the connecting rod bearing oil clearance satisfies the stan-
dard.
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, keep the
fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)].
PBIC2200E
Bearing undersize table

Unit: mm (in)
Size Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.624 - 1.632 (0.0639 - 0.0643)
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING

When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used
1. “Main Bearing Selection Table” rows correspond to main bearing
housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block.
● If there is a corrected stamp mark on cylinder block, use it as
a correct reference.
SBIA0283E
2. Apply main journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front

side to column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
PBIC2198E
EM-102
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
CAUTION: A
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (No. 1, 3 and 5) and
the other is for even-numbered journals (No. 2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table.
This is due to differences in the specified clearances. EM
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing.
NOTE:
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower. C
When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused
1. Measure the dimensions of the cylinder block main bearing housing inner diameter and crankshaft main
journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-111, "MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER" and EM- D
112, "CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER" .
2. Apply the measured dimension to the “Main Bearing Selection Table”.
3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”. E
CAUTION:
There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (No. 1, 3 and 5) and
the other is for even-numbered journals (No. 2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table. F
This is due to differences in the specified clearances.
4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing.
NOTE: G
Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower.
EM-103
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 1, 3 and 5 journals)
PBIC2201E
EM-104
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 2 and 4 journals)
A
EM
L
PBIC2202E
EM-105
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals)
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks
0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780) Green
3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow Grade and color are the same
4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue for upper and lower bearings.
5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink

6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
7 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) White
UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
01
LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
12
LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green
UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780) Green
23
LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow
Grade and color are different
UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow for upper and lower bearings.
34
LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
45
LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
56
LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
67
LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) White
Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide

● When the specified main bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size main bearings, use
undersize (US) bearing.
● When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the main bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and
grind main journal so that the main bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
In grinding crankshaft main journal to use undersize bearings,
keep fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)].
PBIC2200E
Bearing undersize table

Unit: mm (in)
Size Thickness
US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832)
EM-106
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Inspection after Disassembly BBS0015W
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY A

● Measure the clearance between thrust bearings and crankshaft
arm when crankshaft is moved fully forward or backward with a
dial indicator. EM
Standard : 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in)
Limit : 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
C
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace thrust bearings,
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crank-
shaft also. D
PBIC2377E
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE E

● Measure the side clearance between connecting rod and crank-
shaft arm with a feeler gauge.
Standard : 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in) F
Limit : 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod,
G
and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crank-
shaft also.
H
KBIA0071E
PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE

Piston Pin Hole Diameter I
Measure the inner diameter of piston pin hole with an inside
micrometer.
J
Standard: 19.993 - 20.005 mm (0.7871 - 0.7876 in)
PBIC0116E
Piston Pin Outer Diameter M

Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer.
Standard: 19.989 - 20.001 mm (0.7870 - 0.7874 in)
PBIC0117E
Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance

(Piston to piston pin oil clearance) = (Piston pin hole diameter) – (Piston pin outer diameter)
Standard: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in)
● If oil clearance is out of the standard, replace piston and piston pin assembly.
EM-107
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● When replacing piston and piston pin assembly, refer to EM-111, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEAR-
ANCE" .
NOTE:
● Piston is available together with piston pin as assembly.
● Piston pin (piston pin hole) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts,
no grades can be selected. (Only grade “0” is available.)
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
● Measure the side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove
with a feeler gauge.
Standard:
Top ring : 0.045 - 0.080 mm (0.0018 - 0.0031 in)
2nd ring : 0.030 - 0.070 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in)
Oil ring : 0.065 - 0.135 mm (0.0026 - 0.0053 in)
Limit:
Top ring : 0.11 mm (0.0043 in)
SEM024AA
2nd ring : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)

● If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
replace piston also.
PISTON RING END GAP
● Make sure that cylinder bore inner diameter is within specifica-
tion. Refer to EM-111, "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter" .
● Lubricate with new engine oil to piston and piston ring, and then
insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and mea-
sure piston ring end gap with a feeler gauge.
Standard:
Top ring : 0.21 - 0.31 mm (0.0083 - 0.0122 in)
2nd ring : 0.32 - 0.47 mm (0.0126 - 0.0185 in)
Oil ring : 0.20 - 0.60 mm (0.0079 - 0.0236 in)
(rail ring) SEM822B
Limit:
Top ring : 0.54 mm (0.0213 in)
2nd ring : 0.67 mm (0.0264 in)
Oil ring : 0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
(rail ring)
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit,
re-bore cylinder and use oversized piston and piston rings.
EM-108
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
● Check with a connecting rod aligner. A
Bend:
Limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length EM
Torsion:
Limit: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length
C
● If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
PBIC2077E
CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER H

● Install connecting rod cap without connecting rod bearing installed, and tightening connecting rod bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
● Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod big end with an I
inside micrometer.
Standard: 48.000 - 48.013 mm (1.8898 - 1.8903 in)
J
● If out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly.
PBIC1641E
L
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE

Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter M
Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bushing with an inside
micrometer.
Standard: 20.000 - 20.012 mm (0.7874 - 0.7879 in)
PBIC0120E
EM-109
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Piston Pin Outer Diameter
Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer.
Standard: 19.989 - 20.001 mm (0.7870 - 0.7874 in)
PBIC0117E
Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance

(Connecting rod bushing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bushing inner diameter) – (Piston pin outer diame-
ter)
Standard: 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in)
● If the measured value is out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin
assembly.
● If replacing piston and piston pin assembly, refer to EM-111, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEAR-
ANCE" .
● If replacing connecting rod assembly, refer to EM-113, "CON-
NECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" to select con-
necting rod bearing.
PBIC2196E
Factory installed parts grading:

● Service parts apply only to grade “0”.
Unit: mm (in)
Grade 0 1
Connecting rod bushing 20.000 - 20.006 20.006 - 20.012
inner diameter* (0.7874 - 0.7876) (0.7876 - 0.7879)
19.993 - 19.999 19.999 - 20. 005
Piston pin hole diameter
(0.7871 - 0.7874) (0.7874 - 0.7876)
19.989 - 19.995 19.995 - 20.001
Piston pin outer diameter
(0.7870 - 0.7872) (0.7872 - 0.7874)
*: After installing in connecting rod. PBIC2197E
CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION

● Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and also remove engine oil, scale, carbon,
or other contamination.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow gasket flakes to enter engine oil or engine coolant passages.
EM-110
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● Measure the distortion on the cylinder block upper face at some
different points in six directions with a straight edge and feeler A
gauge.
Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
EM
● If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder block.
PBIC0121E
D
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER
● Install lower cylinder block without main bearings installed, and
tighten lower cylinder block mounting bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening proce- E
dure.
● Measure the inner diameter of main bearing housing with a bore
gauge. F
Standard: 58.944 - 58.968 mm (2.3206 - 2.3216 in)

● If out of the standard, replace cylinder block and lower cylinder G
block assembly.
NOTE: PBIC2012E
Cylinder block cannot be replaced as a single, because it is H

machined together with lower cylinder block.
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter I
● Using a bore gauge, measure the cylinder bore for wear, out-of-
round and taper at six different points on each cylinder. (“X” and
“Y” directions at “A”, “B” and “C”) (“Y” is in longitudinal direction J
of engine)
NOTE:
When determining cylinder bore grade, measure the cylinder K
bore at “B” position.
Standard inner diameter:
89.010 - 89.030 mm (3.5043 - 3.5051 in) L
Wear limit: SBIA0284E
0.2 mm (0.008 in) M

Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”):
0.015 mm (0.0006 in)
Taper limit (Difference between “A” and “C”):
0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall,
hone or re-bore the cylinder inner wall.
● Oversize piston is provided. When using oversize piston, re-bore the cylinder so that the clearance of the
piston to cylinder bore satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
When using oversize piston, use it for all cylinders with oversize piston rings.
Oversize (OS): 0.2 mm (0.008 in)
EM-111
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
Piston Skirt Diameter
Measure the outer diameter of piston skirt with a micrometer.
Measure point
: Distance from the top 42.0 mm (1.654 in)
Standard
: 88.990 - 89.010 mm (3.5035 - 3.5043 in)
PBIC0125E
Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance

Calculate by piston skirt diameter and cylinder bore inner diameter (direction “X”, position “B”).
(Clearance) = (Cylinder bore inner diameter) – (Piston skirt diameter)
Standard : 0.010 - 0.030 mm (0.0004 - 0.0012 in)
Limit : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace piston and piston pin assembly. Refer to EM-100, "HOW TO SELECT PIS-
TON" .
Re-boring Cylinder Bore
1. Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston to cylinder bore clearance to piston skirt diameter.
Re-bored size calculation: D = A + B - C
where,
D: Bored diameter
A: Piston diameter as measured
B: Piston - to - cylinder bore clearance (standard value)
C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
2. Install lower cylinder block, and tighten mounting bolts to the specified torque. Otherwise, cylinder bores
may be distorted in final assembly. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
3. Cut cylinder bores.
NOTE:
● When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
● Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time. Cut only 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or so in diameter at a
time.
4. Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston to cylinder bore clearance.
5. Measure the finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper.
NOTE:
Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER
● Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft main journals with a
micrometer.
Standard: 54.955 - 54.979 mm (2.1636 - 2.1645 in) dia.
● If out of the standard, measure the main bearing oil clearance.
Then use undersize bearing. Refer to EM-114, "MAIN BEARING
OIL CLEARANCE" .
PBIC0270E
EM-112
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER
● Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft pin journal with a micrometer. A
Standard: 44.956 - 44.974 mm (1.7699-1.7706 in) dia.

● If out of the standard, measure the connecting rod bearing oil clearance. Then use undersize bearing. EM
Refer to EM-113, "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" .
OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT
● Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown in the C
figure on each main journal and pin journal with a micrometer.
● Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions
between “X” and “Y” at “A” and “B”. D
● Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between “A”
and “B” at “X” and “Y”.
E
Limit:
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) F
PBIC2203E
Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”)
: 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
G
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, correct or replace crankshaft.
● If corrected, measure the bearing oil clearance of the corrected main journal and/or pin journal. Then
select main bearing and/or connecting rod bearing. Refer to EM-114, "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEAR-
H
ANCE" and/or EM-113, "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" .
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
● Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on I
the both end of the crankshaft.
● Place a dial indicator straight up on the No. 3 journal.
● While rotating crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on J
the dial indicator. (Total indicator reading)
Limit:
K
QR20DE: 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
QR25DE: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft. PBIC2541E L
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE
Method by Calculation
M
● Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and tighten connecting rod bolts to the speci-
fied torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for tightening procedure.
● Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing with an
inside micrometer.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bearing inner diame-
ter) – (Crankshaft pin journal diameter)
Standard : 0.028 - 0.045 mm (0.0011 - 0.0018 in)
Limit : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
● If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper connecting rod
bearing according to connecting rod big end diameter and
crankshaft pin journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil
clearance. Refer to EM-100, "HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING PBIC1642E
ROD BEARING" .
Method of Using Plastigage
● Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft pin and the surfaces of each bearing completely.
EM-113
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
● Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding
oil holes.
● Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and tighten connecting rod bolts to the speci-
fied torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
Do not rotate crankshaft.
● Remove connecting rod cap and bearing, and using the scale on
the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”.
PBIC1149E
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE

Method by Calculation
● Install main bearings to cylinder block and lower cylinder block, and tighten lower cylinder block mounting
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
● Measure the inner diameter of main bearing with a bore gauge.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Main bearing inner diameter) – (Crank-
shaft main journal diameter)
Standard:
No. 1, 3 and 5 journals
: 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in)
No. 2 and 4 journals
: 0.018 - 0.028 mm (0.0007 - 0.0011 in)
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) PBIC2204E
● If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper main bearing

according to main bearing inner diameter and crankshaft main journal diameter to obtain specified bearing
oil clearance. Refer to EM-102, "HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING" .
● Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft main journal and the surfaces of each bearing completely.
● Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding
oil holes.
● Install main bearings to cylinder block and lower cylinder block, and tighten lower cylinder block mounting
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
● Remove lower cylinder block and bearings, and using the scale
on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width.
NOTE:
The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is
same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”.
PBIC1149E
EM-114
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT
● When lower cylinder block is removed after being tightened to A
the specified torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of
bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-94, "ASSEMBLY" for the
tightening procedure. EM
Standard: There must be crush height.
● If the standard is not met, replace main bearings.
C
SEM502G
D
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT

● When connecting rod bearing cap is removed after being tight- E
ened to the specified torque with connecting rod bearings
installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-94,
"ASSEMBLY" for the tightening procedure.
F
Standard : There must be crush height.
● If the standard is not met, replace connecting rod bearings.
G
PBIC1646E H
LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK MOUNTING BOLT OUTER DIAMETER
● Perform only with M10 bolts.
● Measure the outer diameters (“d1 ”, “d2” ) at two positions as I
● If reduction appears in “A” range, regard it as “d2 ”.
J
Limit (“d1 ” – “d2 ”): 0.13 mm (0.0051 in)
● If it exceeds the limit (a large difference in dimensions), replace
lower cylinder block mounting bolt with a new one. K
L
PBIC0911E
CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER

● Measure the outer diameter “d” at position as shown in the fig- M
ure.
● If reduction appears in a position other than “d”, regard it as “d”.
Limit: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in)
● When “d ” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace
connecting rod bolt with a new one.
PBIC0912E
EM-115
CYLINDER BLOCK
[QR]
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS)
● Measure the deflection of flywheel contact surface to clutch with
a dial indicator.
● Measure the deflection at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
Standard : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less.
● If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel.
CAUTION:
When measuring, keep magnetic fields (such as dial indicator
stand) away from signal plate of the rear end of crankshaft.
PBIC2168E
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS)

CAUTION:
Do not disassemble double mass flywheel.
Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction
● Measure the movement amount of thrust (fore-and-aft) direction when 100 N (10.2 kg, 22 lb) force is
added at the portion of 125 mm (4.92 in) radius from the center of flywheel.
Standard : 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction
Check the movement amount of radial (rotation) direction with the following procedure:
1. Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel
center line.
● Tighten bolt at a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) to keep it from loosening.
2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel

masses without applying any load (Measurement standard
points).
3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction,
and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle
side.
4. Measure the dimensions of movement amounts “A” and “B” on
circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side.
Standard: 28.3 mm (1.114 in) or less.
● If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel. PBIC1263E
EM-116
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Standard and Limit BBS0015X
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Engine type QR20DE QR25DE EM
Cylinder arrangement In-line 4
Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,998 (121.92) 2,488 (151.82)
C
Bore and stroke mm (in) 89.0 x 80.3 (3.504 x 3.161) 89.0 x 100.0 (3.504 x 3.937)
Valve arrangement DOHC
Firing order 1-3-4-2 D
Compression 2
Number of piston rings
Oil 1
Compression ratio 9.0 9.5
E
Standard 1,190 (11.9, 12.1, 173) 1,250 (12.5, 12.8, 181)

Compression pressure
Minimum 990 (9.9, 10.1, 144) 1,060 (10.6, 10.8, 154)
kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi) / 250 rpm F
Differential limit between cylinders 100 (1.0, 1.0, 14)
DRIVE BELT
G
Tension of drive belt Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD

Unit: mm (in) H
Items Limit
Intake manifold collector (QR25DE) 0.1 (0.004)
Surface distortion Intake manifold (QR25DE) 0.1 (0.004)
I
Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly 0.3 (0.012)
SPARK PLUG J
Unit: mm (in)
Destination Except Russia For Russia
Make NGK K
Standard type LFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11
Hot type LFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11
L
Cold type LFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11
Spark plug gap Standard: 1.0 - 1.1 (0.039 - 0.043) Nominal: 1.1 (0.043)
CYLINDER HEAD M
Unit: mm (in)
Items Limit
Head surface distortion 0.1 (0.004)
PBIC0283E
EM-117
[QR]
VALVE
Valve Timing
Unit: degree
Valve timing
PBIC0187E
Engine type a b c d e f
QR20DE 212 236 -4 (26) 60 (30) 29
3
QR25DE 224 244 0 (30) 64 (27) 41
( ): Valve timing control “ON”
Valve Dimensions
Unit: mm (in)
SEM188A
Intake 35.5 - 35.8 (1.398 - 1.409)

Valve head diameter “D”
Exhaust 30.5 - 30.8 (1.201 - 1.213)
Intake 97.16 (3.8252)
Valve length “L”
Exhaust 98.82 (3.8905)
Intake 5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354)
Valve stem diameter “d”
Exhaust 5.955 - 5.970 (0.2344 - 0.2350)
Intake
Valve seat angle “α” 45°15′ - 45°45′
Exhaust
Intake 1.1 (0.043)
Valve margin “T”
Exhaust 1.3 (0.051)
Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Items Cold Hot* (reference data)
Intake 0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016)
Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017)
*: Approximately 80°C (176°F)
EM-118
[QR]
Available Valve Lifter
Thickness mm (in) Identification mark
A
EM
KBIA0119E
6.96 (0.2740) 696 E

6.98 (0.2748) 698
7.00 (0.2756) 700
F
7.02 (0.2764) 702
7.04 (0.2772) 704
7.06 (0.2780) 706 G
7.08 (0.2787) 708
7.10 (0.2795) 710
H
7.12 (0.2803) 712
7.14 (0.2811) 714
7.16 (0.2819) 716 I
7.18 (0.2827) 718
7.20 (0.2835) 720
7.22 (0.2843) 722 J
7.24 (0.2850) 724
7.26 (0.2858) 726
K
7.28 (0.2866) 728
7.30 (0.2874) 730
7.32 (0.2882) 732 L
7.34 (0.2890) 734
7.36 (0.2898) 736
M
7.38 (0.2906) 738
7.40 (0.2913) 740
7.42 (0.2921) 742
744 (0.2929) 744
7.46 (0.2937) 746
Valve Spring
Free height Intake 44.84 - 45.34 (1.7654 - 1.7850)
Standard
mm (in) Exhaust 45.28 - 45.78 (1.7827 - 1.8024)
Pressure
Standard Intake and exhaust 151 - 175 (15.4 - 17.8, 34 - 39) at 35.30 (1.390)
N (kg, lb) at height mm (in)
Squareness mm (in) Limit 1.9 (0.075)
EM-119
[QR]
Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in)
Items Standard
Valve lifter outer diameter 33.965 - 33.980 (1.3372 - 1.3378)
Valve lifter hole diameter 34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394)
Valve lifter clearance 0.020 - 0.056 (0.0008 - 0.0022)
Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0184E
Items Standard part Service part

Outer diameter 10.023 - 10.034 (0.3946 - 0.3950) 10.223 - 10.234 (0.4025 - 0.4029)
Valve guide
Inner diameter (Finished size) 6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369)
Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter 9.975 - 9.996 (0.3927 - 0.3935) 10.175 - 10.196 (0.4006 - 0.4014)
Interference fit of valve guide 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Items Standard Limit
Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) 0.08 (0.003)
Valve guide clearance
Exhaust 0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025) 0.09 (0.004)
Intake 10.1 - 10.3 (0.398 - 0.406)
Projection length “L”
Exhaust 10.0 - 10.4 (0.394 - 0.409)
EM-120
[QR]
Valve Seat
Unit: mm (in) A
EM
D
PBIC2397E
Items Standard Oversize [0.5 (0.02)] (Service)

E
Intake 36.500 - 36.516 (1.4370 - 1.4376) 37.000 - 37.016 (1.4567 - 1.4573)
Cylinder head seat recess diameter “D”
Exhaust 31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408) 32.000 - 32.016(1.2598 - 1.2605)
Intake 36.597 - 36.613 (1.4408 - 1.4415) 37.097 - 37.113 (1.4605 - 1.4611) F
Valve seat outer diameter “d”
Exhaust 31.600 - 31.616 (1.2441 - 1.2447) 32.100 - 32.116 (1.2638 - 1.2644)
Intake 0.081 - 0.113 (0.0032 - 0.0044)
Valve seat interference fit G
Exhaust 0.084 - 0.116 (0.0033 - 0.0046)
Items Standard Service
Intake 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 5.0 - 5.1 (0.197 - 0.201) H
Height “h”
Exhaust 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 4.91 - 5.01 (0.1933 - 0.1972)
Depth “H” 6.0 (0.236)
I
CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
Items Standard Limit J
Camshaft runout [TIR*] Less than 0.02 (0.0008) —
SEM671
QR20DE 45.015 - 45.205 (1.7722 - 1.7797) —

Intake
QR25DE 45.665 - 45.855 (1.7978 - 1.8053) —
Camshaft cam height “A”
QR20DE 42.825 - 43.015 (1.6860 - 1.6935) —
Exhaust
QR25DE 43.975 - 44.165 (1.7313 - 1.7388) —
No. 1 27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006) —
Camshaft journal outer diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 23.435 - 23.455 (0.9226 - 0.9234) —
No. 1 28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032) —
Camshaft bracket inner diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 23.500 - 23.521 (0.9252 - 0.9260) —
Camshaft journal oil clearance 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034) —
EM-121
[QR]
Camshaft end play 0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074) —
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] — 0.15 (0.0059)
*: Total indicator reading
CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)
PBIC0281E
Surface distortion Limit 0.1 (0.004)

Grade No. 2 89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047)
Standard
Cylinder bore Inner diameter Grade No. 3 89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051)
Wear limit 0.2 (0.008)
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”) 0.015 (0.0006)
Limit
Taper (Difference between “A” and “C”) 0.01 (0.0004)
Grade No. A 58.944 - 58.945 (2.3206 - 2.3207)
Grade No. B 58.945 - 58.946 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
Grade No. C 58.946 - 58.947 (2.3207 - 2.3207)
Grade No. D 58.947 - 58.948 (2.3207 - 2.3208)
Grade No. E 58.948 - 58.949 (2.3208 - 2.3208)
Grade No. F 58.949 - 58.950 (2.3208 - 2.3209)
Grade No. G 58.950 - 58.951 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
Grade No. H 58.951 - 58.952 (2.3209 - 2.3209)
Grade No. J 58.952 - 58.953 (2.3209 - 2.3210)
Grade No. K 58.953 - 58.954 (2.3210 - 2.3210)
Grade No. L 58.954 - 58.955 (2.3210 - 2.3211)
Grade No. M 58.955 - 58.956 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
Main bearing housing inner diameter grade
Grade No. N 58.956 - 58.957 (2.3211 - 2.3211)
Grade No. P 58.957 - 58.958 (2.3211 - 2.3212)
Grade No. R 58.958 - 58.959 (2.3212 - 2.3212)
Grade No. S 58.959 - 58.960 (2.3212 - 2.3213)
Grade No. T 58.960 - 58.961 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
Grade No. U 58.961 - 58.962 (2.3213 - 2.3213)
Grade No. V 58.962 - 58.963 (2.3213 - 2.3214)
Grade No. W 58.963 - 58.964 (2.3214 - 2.3214)
Grade No. X 58.964 - 58.965 (2.3214 - 2.3215)
Grade No. Y 58.965 - 58.966 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
Grade No. 4 58.966 - 58.967 (2.3215 - 2.3215)
Grade No. 7 58.967 - 58.968 (2.3215 - 2.3216)
Difference in inner diameter between cylinders Standard Less than 0.03 (0.0012)
EM-122
[QR]
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston A
Unit: mm (in)
EM
PBIC0188E
E
Grade No. 2 88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039)
Piston skirt diameter “A” Standard Grade No. 3 89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043)
0.20 (0.008) oversize (Service) 89.180 - 89.210 (3.5110 - 3.5122) F
Piston height “H” dimension 42.0 (1.654)
Grade No. 0 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874)
Piston pin hole diameter G
Grade No. 1 19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
Standard 0.010 - 0.030 (0.0004 - 0.0012)
Piston to cylinder bore clearance
Limit 0.08 (0.0031) H
Piston Ring
Unit: mm (in)
I
Top 0.045 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031) 0.11 (0.0043)
Side clearance 2nd 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) 0.10 (0.0039) J
Oil ring 0.065 - 0.135 (0.0026 - 0.0053) —
Top 0.21- 0.31 (0.0083 - 0.0122) 0.54 (0.0213)
End gap 2nd 0.32 - 0.47 (0.0126 - 0.0185) 0.67 (0.0264) K
Oil (rail ring) 0.20 - 0.60 (0.0079 - 0.0236) 0.95 (0.0374)
Piston Pin L
Unit: mm (in)
Grade No. 0 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872)
Piston pin outer diameter
Grade No. 1 19.995 - 20.001 (0.7872 - 0.7874) M
Piston to piston pin oil clearance Standard 0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002)
Connecting rod bushing oil clearance Standard 0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007)
EM-123
[QR]
CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)
QR20DE 152.85 - 152.95 (6.018 - 6.022)
Center distance
QR25DE 143.00 - 143.10 (5.630 - 5.634)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.15 (0.0059)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.30 (0.0118)
Grade No. 0 20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876)
Connecting rod bushing inner diameter*
Grade No. 1 20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879)
Standard 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Side clearance
Limit 0.50 (0.0197)
Grade No. 0 48.000 - 48.001 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
Grade No. 1 48.001 - 48.002 (1.8898 - 1.8898)
Grade No. 2 48.002 - 48.003 (1.8898 - 1.8899)
Grade No. 3 48.003 - 48.004 (1.8899 - 1.8899)
Grade No. 4 48.004 - 48.005 (1.8899 - 1.8900)
Grade No. 5 48.005 - 48.006 (1.8900 - 1.8900)
Connecting rod big end diameter Grade No. 6 48.006 - 48.007 (1.8900 - 1.8900)
Grade No. 7 48.007 - 48.008 (1.8900 - 1.8901)
Grade No. 8 48.008 - 48.009 (1.8901- 1.8901)
Grade No. 9 48.009 - 48.010 (1.8901- 1.8902)
Grade No. A 48.010 - 48.011 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
Grade No. B 48.011 - 48.012 (1.8902 - 1.8902)
Grade No. C 48.012 - 48.013 (1.8902 - 1.8903)
*: After installing in connecting rod
CRANKSHAFT
Unit: mm (in)
SEM645 SBIA0535E
Center distance “r” QR20DE 40.11 - 40.19 (1.5791 - 1.5823)

QR25DE 49.96 - 50.04 (1.9669 - 1.9701)
Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”) Limit 0.005 (0.0002)
Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”) Limit 0.005 (0.0002)
QR20DE 0.03 (0.0012)
Runout [TIR*] Limit
QR25DE 0.05 (0.0020)
Standard 0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102)
Crankshaft end play
Limit 0.30 (0.0118)
EM-124
[QR]
Grade No. A 44.974 - 44.973 (1.7706 - 1.7706)
Grade No. B 44.973 - 44.972 (1.7706 - 1.7705) A
Grade No. C 44.972 - 44.971 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
Grade No. D 44.971 - 44.970 (1.7705 - 1.7705)
Grade No. E 44.970 - 44.969 (1.7705 - 1.7704)
Grade No. F 44.969 - 44.968 (1.7704 - 1.7704) EM
Grade No. G 44.968 - 44.967 (1.7704 - 1.7704)
Grade No. H 44.967 - 44.966 (1.7704 - 1.7703)
Grade No. J 44.966 - 44.965 (1.7703 - 1.7703)
Pin journal diameter grade. “DP”
Grade No. K 44.965 - 44.964 (1.7703 - 1.7702)
C
Grade No. L 44.964 - 44.963 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
Grade No. M 44.963 - 44.962 (1.7702 - 1.7702)
Grade No. N 44.962 - 44.961 (1.7702 - 1.7701) D
Grade No. P 44.961 - 44.960 (1.7701 - 1.7701)
Grade No. R 44.960 - 44.959 (1.7701 - 1.7700)
Grade No. S 44.959 - 44.958 (1.7700 - 1.7700)
Grade No. T 44.958 - 44.957 (1.7700 - 1.7700) E
Grade No. U 44.957 - 44.956 (1.7700 - 1.7699)
Grade No. A 54.979 - 54.978 (2.1645 - 2.1645)
Grade No. B 54.978 - 54.977 (2.1645 - 2.1644)
F
Grade No. C 54.977 - 54.976 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
Grade No. D 54.976 - 54.975 (2.1644 - 2.1644)
Grade No. E 54.975 - 54.974 (2.1644 - 2.1643)
Grade No. F 54.974 - 54.973 (2.1643 - 2.1643) G
Grade No. G 54.973 - 54.972 (2.1643 - 2.1642)
Grade No. H 54.972 - 54.971 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
Grade No. J 54.971 - 54.970 (2.1642 - 2.1642)
Grade No. K 54.970 - 54.969 (2.1642 - 2.1641) H
Grade No. L 54.969 - 54.968 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
Grade No. M 54.968 - 54.967 (2.1641 - 2.1641)
Main journal diameter grade. “Dm”
Grade No. N 54.967 - 54.966 (2.1641 - 2.1640)
Grade No. P 54.966 - 54.965 (2.1640 - 2.1640) I
Grade No. R 54.965 - 54.964 (2.1640 - 2.1639)
Grade No. S 54.964 - 54.963 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
Grade No. T 54.963 - 54.962 (2.1639 - 2.1639)
J
Grade No. U 54.962 - 54.961 (2.1639 - 2.1638)
Grade No. V 54.961 - 54.960 (2.1638 - 2.1638)
Grade No. W 54.960 - 54.959 (2.1638 - 2.1637)
Grade No. X 54.959 - 54.958 (2.1637 - 2.1637) K
Grade No. Y 54.958 - 54.957 (2.1637 - 2.1637)
Grade No. 4 54.957 - 54.956 (2.1637 - 2.1636)
Grade No. 7 54.956 - 54.955 (2.1636 - 2.1636)
*: Total indicator reading L
EM-125
[QR]
MAIN BEARING
Unit: mm (in)
SEM685D
Grade number Thickness Identification color Remarks

0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green
3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow Grade and color are the same
4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue for upper and lower bearings.
5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink

6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
7 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) White
UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black
01
LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown
12
LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green
UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green
23
LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow
Grade and color are different
UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow for upper and lower bearings.
34
LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue
45
LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink
56
LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple
67
LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) White
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Item Thickness Main journal diameter
US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Bearing Oil Clearance

Unit: mm (in)
No. 1, 3 and 5 0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009)
Standard
Main bearing oil clearance No. 2 and 4 0.018 - 0.028 (0.0007 - 0.0011)
Limit 0.1 (0.004)
EM-126
[QR]
CONNECTING ROD BEARING
Grade number Thickness mm (in) Identification color
A
0 1.495 - 1.499 (0.0589 - 0.0590) Black

1 1.499 - 1.503 (0.0590 - 0.0592) Brown EM
2 1.503 - 1.507 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Green
3 1.507 - 1.511(0.0593 - 0.0595) Yellow
C
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Item Thickness Crank pin journal diameter D
US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.624 - 1.632 (0.0639 - 0.0643) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value.
Bearing Oil Clearance E

Unit: mm (in)
Standard 0.028 - 0.045 (0.0011 - 0.0018)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
Limit 0.10 (0.0039) F
Tightening Torque BBS0015Y
Unit: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

Unit: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)*2 G
*1: Parts to be tightened in particular orders.

1)-: Order of tightening when tightening two or more times separately. H
Drive belt auto-tensioner 21.6 (2.2, 16)
Mass air flow sensor 3.8 (0.39, 34) *2
I
Resonator 3.8 (0.39, 34)*2
Air cleaner case lower 3.8 (0.39, 34)*2
*1 Intake manifold 19.6 (2.0, 14) J
Intake manifold collector (QR25DE) 19.6 (2.0, 14)
Intake manifold support (QR20DE) 19.6 (2.0, 14)
K
Intake manifold support (QR25DE) M6 bolt 8.83 (0.90, 78) *2
M10 bolt 46.6 (4.8, 34)
Intake manifold rear support (QR25DE) 19.6 (2.0, 14) L
Electric throttle control actuator 8.43 (0.86, 75) *2
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 5.1 (0.52, 45) *2 M
*1 Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly 41.7 (4.3, 31)
Exhaust manifold covers (upper and lower) 5.8 (0.59, 51) *2
Three way catalyst cover 5.8 (0.59, 51) *2
Heated oxygen sensor 1 50 (5.1, 37)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 50 (5.1, 37)
*1 Oil pan upper M6 bolt 8.8 (0.90, 78) *2
M8 bolt 21.6 (2.2, 16)
Oil pan upper to transaxle joint bolts 42.7 (4.4, 31)
*1 Oil pan lower 6.9 (0.70, 61) *2
Oil pan drain plug 34.3 (3.5, 25)
Rear plate cover 6.9 (0.70, 61) *2
Oil level gauge guide 21.6 (2.2, 16)
EM-127
[QR]
Oil strainer M6 bolt 8.8 (0.90, 78) *2
M8 bolt 21.6 (2.2, 16)
Ignition coil 6.4 (0.65, 57) *2
Spark plug 24.5 (2.5, 18)
*1 Fuel tube 1) 10.1 (1.0, 7)
2) 23.6 (2.4, 17)
*1 Rocker cover 1) 2.0 (0.20, 18) *2
2) 8.3 (0.85, 73) *2
PCV valve 2.5 (0.26, 22) *2
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 6.4 (0.65, 57) *2
*1 Intake valve timing control cover 12.8 (1.3, 9)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 6.4 (0.65, 57) *2
Camshaft sprockets (Intake and Exhaust) 142 (14, 105)
Chain tensioner 7.0 (0.71, 62) *2
*1 Camshaft bracket 1) 2.0 (0.2, 1)
2) 5.9 (0.6, 4)
3) 10.4 (1.1, 8)
Crankshaft pulley 1) 42.1 (4.3, 31)
2) 60° (Angle tightening)
*1 Front cover 12.8 (1.3, 9)
Timing chain slack guide 16.7 (1.7, 12)
Timing chain tension guide 16.7 (1.7, 12)
Balancer unit timing chain tensioner 7.0 (0.71, 62) *2
*1 Balancer unit 1) 48.1 (4.9, 35)
3) 0 (0, 0)
4) 48.1 (4.9, 35)
*1 Cylinder head 1) 50 (5.1, 37)
3) 0 (0.0, 0)
3) 39.2 (4.0, 29)
Flywheel (M/T) 108 (11, 80)
Drive plate (A/T) 108 (11, 80)
Connecting rod bearing cap 1) 19.6 (2.0, 14)
*1 Lower cylinder block M8 bolt 1) 25.1 (2.6, 19)
M10 bolt 2) 39.2 (4.0, 29)
M10 bolt 3) 60° (Angle tightening)
Signal plate 18.5 (1.9, 14)
Water drain plug 9.8 (1.0, 87) *2
EM-128
[QR]
Knock sensor 21.1 (2.2, 16)
A
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 6.4 (0.65, 57) *2
EM
EM-129
PRECAUTIONS
[YD22DDTi]
PRECAUTIONS
[YD22DDTi] PFP:00001
Precautions for Draining Engine Coolant BBS0015Z
Drain engine coolant when engine is cooled.

Precautions for Disconnecting Fuel Piping BBS00160
● Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area.
● After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage.
Precautions for Removal and Disassembly BBS00161
● When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely,
avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
● Exercise maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces.
● Cover openings of engine system with tape or the equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials.
● Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and re-assembly.
● When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally
opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, do exactly as specified.
Precautions for Inspection, Repair and Replacement BBS00162
Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and
replace if necessary.
Precautions for Assembly and Installation BBS00163
● Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts to specification.

● When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the
ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is speci-
fied, do exactly as specified.
● Replace with new liquid gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring.
● Dowel pins are used for several parts alignment. When replacing and reassembling parts with dowel pins,
make sure that dowel pins are installed in the original position.
● Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check engine oil or engine coolant passages for
any restriction and blockage.
● Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust.
Before assembly, engine oil sliding surfaces well.
● Release air within route when refilling after draining coolant.
● After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check engine coolant, fuel, engine oil, and
exhaust systems for leakage.
Parts Requiring Angle Tightening BBS00164
● Use an angle wrench [SST: KV10112100] for the final tightening of the following engine parts:
– Cylinder head bolts
– Main bearing cap bolts
– Connecting rod cap nuts
– Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angle
tightening)
● Do not use a torque value for final tightening.
● The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step.
● Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil.
EM-130
PRECAUTIONS
[YD22DDTi]
Precautions for Liquid Gasket BBS00165
REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET A

● After removing the mounting bolts and nuts, separate the mating
surface using the seal cutter [SST] and remove the old liquid
gasket sealing. EM
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
● Tap seal cutter to insert it (1), and then slide it (2) by tapping on C
the side as shown in the figure.
● In areas where seal cutter is difficult to use, use plastic hammer
to lightly tap the areas where the liquid gasket is applied. D
CAUTION: PBIC0275E
If for some unavoidable reason tool such as screwdriver is
used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. E
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1. Using a scraper, remove the old liquid gasket adhering to the liq-
uid gasket application surface and the mating surface. F
● Remove the liquid gasket completely from the groove of the
liquid gasket application surface, mounting bolts and bolt
holes. G
2. Wipe the liquid gasket application surface and the mating sur-
face with white gasoline (lighting and heating use) to remove
adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. H
PBIC0003E
I
3. Attach the liquid gasket tube to the tube presser [SST].
4. Apply the liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location J
with the specified dimensions.
● If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply the
liquid gasket to the groove.
K
L
PBIC2160E
● As for the bolt holes, normally apply the liquid gasket inside
M
the holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes.
Make sure to read the instruction in this manual.
● Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mat-
ing component.
● If the liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
● Do not retighten after the installation.
● After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill
the engine oil and engine coolant.
CAUTION: SEM159F
If there are instructions in this manual, observe them.
EM-131
PREPARATION
[YD22DDTi]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Special Service Tools BBS00166
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV10115600 Installing valve oil seal

Valve oil seal drift Use side A.
Side A
a: 20 (0.79) dia.
b: 13 (0.51) dia.
c: 10.3 (0.406) dia.
d: 8 (0.31) dia.
e: 10.7 (0.421)
NT603 f: 5 (0.20)
Unit: mm (in)
KV10107902 Removing valve oil seal
Valve oil seal puller
1. KV10116100
Valve oil seal puller adapter
S-NT605
KV11103000 Removing crankshaft pulley

Pulley puller
NT676
ED19600610 Checking compression pressure

Compression gauge adapter
ZZA1188D
KV101056S0 Preventing crankshaft from rotating

Ring gear stopper a: 3 (0.12)
1. KV10105630 b: 6.4 (0.252)
Adapter c: 2.8 (0.110)
2. KV10105610 d: 6.6 (0.260)
Plate e: 107 (4.21)
f: 14 (0.55)
g: 20 (0.79)
NT617 h: 14 (0.55) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
KV101151S0 Changing adjusting shim
Lifter stopper set
1. KV10115110
Camshaft pliers
2. KV10115120
Lifter stopper
NT041
EM-132
PREPARATION
[YD22DDTi]
Tool number
Description A
Tool name
KV10116200 Disassembling and assembling valve

Valve spring compressor mechanism
1. KV10115900 Part (1) is a component of KV10116200, but EM
Attachment Part (2) is not so.
2. KV10109220
Adapter
C
PBIC1650E
ST16610001 Removing crankshaft pilot bushing

Pilot bushing puller D
NT045
KV10111100 Removing steel oil pan and rear chain case, F

Seal cutter etc.
NT046
H
WS39930000 Pressing the tube of liquid gasket
Tube presser
NT052 J
KV10112100 Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder
Angle wrench head, etc.
K
L
NT014
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio sensor 1

Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in) M
NT636
EM03470000 Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore

Piston ring compressor
NT044
EM-133
PREPARATION
[YD22DDTi]
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV11106010 Removing and installing chain tensioner

Hexagon wrench a: 5 mm (0.20 in) (Face to face)
b: 20 mm (0.79 in)
NT801
KV11106020 Removing and installing slack guide

Hexagon wrench a: 6 mm (0.24 in) (Face to face)
b: 20 mm (0.79 in)
NT803
KV11106030 Fixing fuel pump sprocket

Positioning stopper pin a: 6 mm (0.24 in) dia.
b: 80 mm (3.15 in)
NT804
KV11106040 Removing and installing fuel pump sprocket

TORX wrench nut
a: T70
b: 26 mm (1.02 in)
NT805
KV11106050 Removing and installing fuel pump sprocket

Hexagonal wrench a: 6 mm (0.24 in) (Face to face)
b: 42 mm (1.65 in)
SBIA0224E
KV11106060 Holding fuel pump sprocket

Sprocket holder
SBIA0225E
KV109-B0271 Holding rear camshaft sprocket

Holding tool
PBIC3849E
EM-134
PREPARATION
[YD22DDTi]
Commercial Service Tools BBS00167
A
Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions

EM
NT048
Pulley holder Fixing crankshaft pulley D

a: 68 mm (2.68 in)
b: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia.
NT628
F
Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring
NT030 H
Manual lift table caddy Removing and installing engine
J
ZZA1210D
Valve guide reamer Reaming valve guide with (1) or hole for
oversize valve guide with (2)
K
Intake and Exhaust:
d1 = 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia.
d2 = 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia.
L
NT016
Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide

Intake and Exhaust: M
a = 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia.
b = 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia.
NT015
TORX socket Removing and installing flywheel

Size: T55
PBIC1113E
EM-135
PREPARATION
[YD22DDTi]
Cylinder head bolt wrench Loosening and tightening cylinder head bolt,
and used with angle wrench [SST:
KV10112100]
a: 13 (0.51) dia.
b: 12 (0.47)
c: 10 (0.39)
Unit: mm (in)
NT583
TORX socket Loosening and tightening main bearing cap

bolt
Size: E14
NT807
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

before installing a new air fuel ratio sensor
and heated oxygen sensor (Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.)
a = 18 mm (0.71 in) dia. for zirconia heated
oxygen sensor and air fuel ratio sensor
b = 12 mm (0.47 in) dia. for titania heated
AEM488 oxygen sensor
Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (Permatex TM Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

133AR or equivalent meeting MIL tool when reconditioning exhaust system
specification MIL-A-907) threads
AEM489
EM-136
[YD22DDTi]
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING PFP:00003
A
NVH Troubleshooting — Engine Noise BBS00168
EM
PBIC4393E
EM-137
[YD22DDTi]
Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom. BBS00169
1. Locate the area where noise occurs.

2. Confirm the type of noise.
3. Specify the operating condition of engine.
4. Check specified noise source.
If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
Operating condition of engine
Location Type of Before After When Source of Refer-
When When While Check item
of noise noise warm- warm- start- noise ence page
idling racing driving
up up ing
Top of Ticking or Tappet
C A — A B — Valve clearance EM-190
engine clicking noise
Rocker
cover Camshaft
Camshaft oil clearance EM-187
Cylinder Rattle C A — A B C bearing
Camshaft runout EM-186
head noise
Piston to piston pin

Slap or Piston pin clearance EM-250
— A — B B —
knock noise Connecting rod bush- EM-252
ing oil clearance
Piston to cylinder bore
clearance
Crank- EM-254
Piston ring side clear-
shaft pul- Slap or Piston EM-251
A — — B B A ance
ley rap slap noise EM-251
Piston ring end gap
Cylinder EM-252
Connecting rod bend
block and torsion
(Side of
engine) Connecting rod bush-
Connect-
Oil pan ing oil clearance
ing rod EM-252
Knock A B C B B B Connecting rod bear-
bearing EM-256
ing oil clearance (Big
noise
end)
Main Main bearing oil clear-
EM-257
Knock A B — A B C bearing ance
EM-256
noise Crankshaft runout
Front of Timing
Timing chain cracks
engine chain and
Tapping or and wear EM-198
Timing A A — B B B chain ten-
ticking Timing chain tensioner EM-203
chain sioner
operation
case noise
Drive belts
Squeak-
(Sticking
ing or fizz- A B — B — C Drive belts deflection
or slip-
ing EM-139
ping)
Front of
Drive belts Idler pulley bearing
engine Creaking A B A B A B
(Slipping) operation
Water CO-44,
Squall
A B — B A B pump Water pump operation "WATER
Creak
noise PUMP"
A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related —: Not related
EM-138
DRIVE BELTS
[YD22DDTi]
DRIVE BELTS PFP:02117
A
Checking Drive Belts BBS0016A
● Before inspecting engine, make sure engine has cooled down;

wait approximately 30 minutes after engine has been stopped. EM
● Visually inspect all belts for wear, damage or cracks on contact-
ing surfaces and edge areas.
● When measuring deflection, apply 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) at the C
marked point ( ).
CAUTION:
● When checking belt deflection immediately after installa- D
tion, first adjust it to the specified value. Then, after turn-
ing crankshaft two turns or more, re-adjust to the
PBIC1251E
specified value to avoid variation in deflection between
pulleys. E
● Tighten idler pulley lock nut by hand and measure deflection without looseness.
Belt Deflection: F
Belt deflection with 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) force applied* mm (in)
Applied belt
New Adjusted Limit for re-adjusting
A/C compressor belt 4 - 5 (0.16 - 0.20) 6 - 7 (0.24 - 0.28) 8.5 (0.335) G
Alternator and water pump belt 9.0 - 10.5 (0.354 - 0.413) 11.0 - 12.5 (0.433 - 0.492) 16.5 (0.650)
*: When engine is cold.
H
Tension Adjustment BBS0016B
● Adjust belts with the parts shown below.

I
Applied belt Belt adjustment method
A/C compressor belt Adjusting bolt on idler pulley
J
Alternator and water pump belt Adjusting bolt on alternator
CAUTION:
● When a new belt is installed as a replacement, adjust it to the specified value under “New” value K
because of insufficient adaptability with pulley grooves.
● If the belt deflection of the current belt is out of the “Limit for re-adjusting”, adjust to the
“Adjusted” value. L
● When checking belt deflection immediately after installation, first adjust it to the specified value.
Then, after turning crankshaft two turns or more, re-adjust it to the specified value to avoid vari-
ation in deflection between pulleys.
M
● Make sure the belts are fully fitted into the pulley grooves during installation.
● Handle with care to avoid smearing the belts with engine oil or engine coolant.
● Do not twist or bend the belts with strong force.
EM-139
DRIVE BELTS
[YD22DDTi]
A/C COMPRESSOR BELT
1. Remove RH engine undercover.
2. Loosen idler pulley lock nut (A).
3. Turn adjusting bolt (B) to adjust. Refer to EM-139, "Checking
Drive Belts" .
4. Tighten lock nut (A).
Nut A:
: 35 N·m (3.6 kg-m, 26 ft-lb)
PBIC1252E
ALTERNATOR AND WATER PUMP BELT

1. Loosen adjusting lock nut (C).
2. Loosen alternator fixing bolts (D) (each on front and rear).
3. Turn adjusting bolt (E) to adjust. Refer to EM-139, "Checking Drive Belts" .
4. Tighten nut (C) and bolt (D) in this order.
Nut C:
: 21.5 N·m (2.2 kg-m, 16 ft-lb)
Bolt D:
: 50.5 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)
Removal and Installation BBS0016C
REMOVAL
1. Loosen each belt. Refer to EM-139, "Tension Adjustment" .
2. Remove A/C compressor belt. Refer to EM-140, "A/C COMPRESSOR BELT" .
3. Remove alternator and water pump belt. Refer to EM-140, "ALTERNATOR AND WATER PUMP BELT" .
INSTALLATION
1. Install each belt on pulley in the reverse order of removal.
2. Adjust belt tension. Refer to EM-139, "Tension Adjustment" .
3. Tighten nuts and bolts provided for adjustment to the specified torque.
4. Make sure again that each belt tension is as specified.
EM-140
[YD22DDTi]
AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT PFP:16500
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016D
EM
PBIC4294E
K
1. Air duct 2. Ventilation hose 3. Air duct side
4. Grommet 5. Collar 6. Mounting rubber
7. Air cleaner case (lower) 8. Air cleaner filter 9. Air cleaner case (upper) L
10. O-ring 11. Mass air flow sensor
To turbocharger boost control sole-
A. To rocker cover B. C. To air inlet tube
noid valve
M
● Refer to GI-9, "Components" for symbol marks in the figure.
REMOVAL
1. Remove mass air flow sensor harness clamp.
2. Disconnect harness connector from mass air flow sensor.
3. Remove air duct, air cleaner case (upper)/ mass air flow sensor.
4. Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case (upper).
CAUTION:
Handle mass air flow sensor with following cares.
● Do not shock it.
● Do not disassemble it.
● Do not touch its sensor.
5. Remove air cleaner case (lower) and air duct side.
EM-141
[YD22DDTi]
INSTALLATION
● Align marks. Attach each joint. Screw clamps firmly.
CHANGING AIR CLEANER FILTER
Removal
1. Unfasten clips and lift up air cleaner case (upper).
2. Remove air cleaner filter.
Installation
EM-142
CHARGE AIR COOLER
[YD22DDTi]
CHARGE AIR COOLER PFP:14461
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016E
EM
PBIC4295E
1. Charge air cooler cover 2. Charge air cooler 3. Gasket J

4. Air inlet tube 5. Air inlet hose 6. Air inlet tube
7. Bracket 8. Bracket 9. Bracket
10. Bracket 11. Air inlet hose 12. O-ring K
13. Turbocharger boost sensor
A. To intake manifold B. To turbocharger
L
REMOVAL
1. Remove charge air cooler cover. M
2. Disconnect harness connector from turbocharger boost sensor.
3. Remove air inlet tube and air inlet hose.
4. Remove charge air cooler.

5. Remove air inlet tube from charge air cooler.
6. Remove turbocharger boost sensor if necessary.
CAUTION:
When removing charge air cooler, close opening on turbocharger and on intake manifold with shop
cloth or other suitable material.
Check air passages of charge air cooler core and fins for clogging, leaks or deformation. Clean or replace
charge air cooler if necessary.
● Be careful not to deform core fins.
● For cleaning procedure of charge air cooler core, refer to CO-36, "Checking Radiator".
EM-143
CHARGE AIR COOLER
[YD22DDTi]
INSTALLATION
● Pay attention to identification mark color and direction when installing air inlet hose.
● Align marks. Attach each joint. Screw clamps firmly.
EM-144
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
INTAKE MANIFOLD PFP:14003
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016F
EM
PBIC4296E
1. Fuel hose 2. Fuel hose 3. Fuel hose

4. Fuel hose 5. Fuel hose 6. Spill hose
7. Fuel gallery 8. Air inlet tube (models without DPF) 9. Gasket
Electric throttle control actuator (mod-
10. 11. Intake manifold 12. Gasket
els with DPF)
13. Air relief plug 14. Washer 15. EGR volume control valve
16. Gasket 17. EGR passage 18. Bracket
19. Water hose 20. Heater hose 21. Water hose
22. Water tube 23. Water hose 24. Water pipe
25. O-ring 26. Gasket 27. Bracket
28. Washer 29. Exhaust manifold 30. Gasket
EM-145
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
31. Water hose 32. heater hose 33. Water hose
34. EGR cooler
A. To fuel rail B. To fuel filter C. To fuel filter
D. To fuel pump E. To fuel pump F. To spill tube
G. To heater core H. To water connector I. To cylinder head
J. To heater core K. To heater return pipe
Engine front
● Refer to GI-9, "Components" for symbol marks except in the above.

REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, do not drain engine coolant when engine is hot.
1. Drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-32, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
2. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-20, "COWL TOP" .
3. Remove air duct. Refer to EM-141, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove charge air cooler. Refer to EM-143, "Removal and Installation" .
5. Remove electric throttle control actuator (models with DPF) or air inlet tube (models without DPF) with the
a. Disconnect harness connector (models with DPF).
b. Loosen mounting bolts in the reverse order as shown in the fig-
ure, and remove electric throttle control actuator (models with
DPF) or air inlet tube (models without DPF) and gasket.
CAUTION:
control actuator.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
NOTE:
Figure shows models with DPF.
EMJ1612D
6. Remove exhaust manifold insulator. Refer to EM-159, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

7. Disconnect harness connector from EGR volume control valve and water hoses.
8. Disconnect heater hose.
9. Remove EGR cooler and water hoses.
10. Remove injection tube center. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .
CAUTION:
Be careful not to spill fuel.
11. Remove water pipe.
12. Remove fuel hoses and fuel gallery.
● To prevent fuel from flowing out, plug the opening of the hose with plug after disconnection.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to spill fuel in the engine component.
EM-146
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
13. Loosen bolts and nuts in the reverse order as shown in the fig-
ure, and remove intake manifold. A
: Engine front
CAUTION: EM
PBIC4297E
D
14. Remove EGR volume control valve from intake manifold.
CAUTION:
● Handle with care avoiding any shocks. E

Surface Distortion F
● Check distortion on the mounting surface with a straightedge (A)
and feeler gauge (B).
G
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace intake manifold.
H
PBIC4298E
INSTALLATION J
Following instructions below, install in the reverse order of removal.
1. Install EGR volume control valve.
2. Install intake manifold. K
: Engine front
● Tighten fixing bolts and nuts in numerical order as shown in L

the figure.
● When stud bolts come off, install with the following torque.
M
: 10.8 N·m (1.1 kg-m, 8 ft-lb)
PBIC4297E
EM-147
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
3. Install water hose.
● Install water hose by referring to identification marks avoiding
twisting.
● When an insert stopper is not provided with the pipe, insert
the hose to the length below.
25 - 30 mm (0.984 - 1.181 in)
● When an insert stopper is provided on the pipe side, insert the
hose until it reaches the bulge.
PBIC2021E
4. Install water pipe.

CAUTION:
Apply a neutral detergent to O-ring, then quickly insert the insertion part of water pipe into cylin-
der head.
5. Install fuel hoses.
PBIC4299E
1. Fuel rail 2. Intake manifold 3. Fuel pump
EM-148
INTAKE MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
A. Vehicle front B. Vehicle upper side C. Paint marking
Fuel hose is not run up in the part A
D. E. Insertion length of fuel hose F. Installation of fuel hose clamps
taper.
6. Install electric throttle control actuator (models with DPF) or air inlet tube (models without DPF).
EM
● Tighten mounting bolts equally and diagonally in several
steps and in numerical order as shown in the figure.
● Perform the “Electric Throttle Control Actuator Function Test”
when electric throttle control actuator is replaced. Refer to C
EC-1374, "DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR" (models with DPF).
NOTE: D
Figure shows models with DPF.
E
EMJ1612D
7. Install remaining parts in the reverse order of removal.

● When stud bolts of EGR cooler come off, tighten until stud bolt shoulder touches to the bolt hole with
F
the following torque.
: Less than 10.0 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 89 in-lb) G

8. Before starting engine, bleed air from fuel piping. Refer to FL-19, "Air Bleeding" .
H
Start engine and increase engine speed to check for fuel leak.
CAUTION:
Do not touch the engine immediately after stopped as engine becomes extremely hot.
I
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking at points out of clear sight.
J
EM-149
CATALYST
[YD22DDTi]
CATALYST PFP:20905
Removal and Installation BBS0016G
PBIC4292E
Front exhaust gas temperature sen-

1. Turbocharger insulator 2. 3. Gasket
sor (models with DPF)
Differential exhaust pressure sen-
4. sor tube (up stream) (models with 5. Catalyst insulator (LH) 6. Catalyst
DPF)
7. Bracket 8. Catalyst insulator (RH) 9. Bracket
10. Gasket cap 11. Rear exhaust temperature sensor 12. Diffuser insulator
13. Catalyst rear diffuser 14. Bracket (models with DPF) 15. Bracket
Air fuel ratio sensor 1 (models with Engine room air temperature sensor
16. sor tube (down stream) (models with 17. 18.
DPF) (models with DPF)
DPF)
Differential exhaust pressure sen- Differential exhaust pressure sen-
19. 20.
sor (models with DPF) sor hose (models with DPF)
A. To turbocharger B. To exhaust front pipe
Vehicle front

CAUTION:
● If DPF warning lamp turns on, refer to EC-1450, "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION" (only for models with
DPF).
● Perform particulate matter accumulation value resetting when catalyst is replaced with new one
(only for models with DPF). Refer to EC-999, "DPF Data Clear" .
EM-150
CATALYST
[YD22DDTi]
● Perform A/F sensor leaning value clear when air fuel ratio sensor 1 is replaced. Refer to EC-1000,
"A/F Sensor Learning Value Clear" . A
NOTE:
In this chapter, “oxidation catalyst with DPF” is called “catalyst” (models with DPF).
REMOVAL EM
● After applying penetrative lubricant to the mounting nuts, check for the penetration of the lubricant, and
then loosen the bolts and nuts to remove.
● If only heated oxygen sensor 1 is removed, first remove center member, then remove heated oxygen sen- C
sor 1. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
1. Remove engine undercover.
D
3. Remove radiator hose (upper and lower). Refer to CO-35, "RADIATOR" .
4. Remove cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-38, "DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY" .
E
5. Remove radiator mounting bracket and radiator. Refer to CO-35, "Removal and Installation" .
6. Remove water inlet pipe. Refer to CO-46, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .
7. Remove exhaust gas temperature sensors from catalyst. F
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to impact or damage exhaust gas temperature sensors.
● Do not remove exhaust gas temperature sensors except for replacing with new parts. G
8. Remove turbocharger insulator, catalyst insulator (RH) and diffuser insulator.
9. Remove differential exhaust pressure sensor tubes (up stream and down stream), differential exhaust
pressure sensor hose and differential pressure sensor (models with DPF). H
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble or damage differential exhaust pressure sensor.
● Do not deform differential exhaust pressure sensor tubes. I

11. Disconnect harness connector of air fuel ratio sensor 1.
12. Remove catalyst. J
CAUTION:
Do not disassemble, impact or damage catalyst.
K
13. Remove air fuel ratio sensor 1 (2) from catalyst rear diffuser (3)
using heated oxygen sensor wrench [SST: KV10114400] (A).
1 : Catalyst
L
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage air fuel ratio sensor 1.
● Discard any air fuel ratio sensor 1 which has been M

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; replace with a new
heated oxygen sensor 1.
14. Remove catalyst insulator (LH). PBIC4302E
INSTALLATION
EM-151
CATALYST
[YD22DDTi]
Catalyst
Pushing brackets (2) and (3) against the bracket (4) and the catalyst
(1), temporarily tighten the mounting bolt. And then tighten them in
numerical order shown in the figure to the specified torque.
: Engine front
CAUTION:
Perform particulate matter accumulation value resetting when
catalyst is replaced with new one (only for models with DPF).
Refer to EC-999, "DPF Data Clear" .
PBIC4304E
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 (Models with DPF)

● Install air fuel ratio sensor 1 in the original position.
CAUTION:
● Perform A/F sensor leaning value clear when air fuel ratio sensor 1 is replaced. Refer to EC-1000,
"A/F Sensor Learning Value Clear" .
● Before installing a new air fuel ratio sensor, clean catalyst thread using oxygen sensor thread
cleaner (commercial service tool) and apply anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool).
● Do not over torque air fuel ratio sensor. Doing so may cause damage to air fuel ratio sensor 1,
resulting in the “MI” coming on.
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
● Install exhaust gas temperature sensor in the original position.
CAUTION:
Before installing a new exhaust gas temperature sensor, clean catalyst thread.
● Install referring to the following if the installation positions cannot be identified (models with DPF).
Harness connector color
Front exhaust temperature sensor : White
Rear exhaust temperature sensor : Black
● Install rear exhaust gas temperature sensor harness (1) so as
not to come into area (A) as shown in the figure.
2 : Catalyst insulator (RH)
3 : Radiator
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Do not install rear exhaust gas temperature sensor harness
tensely.
PBIC4301E
Differential Exhaust Pressure Sensor (Models with DPF)

Install differential exhaust pressure sensor and related parts as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble or damage differential exhaust pressure sensor.
● Do not deform differential exhaust pressure sensor tubes.
● Clamp shall not run aground on bulge.
EM-152
CATALYST
[YD22DDTi]
EM
F
PBIC4300E

1. Differentia exhaust pressure sensor 2. Clamp 3.
sor tube (down stream) G
Differential exhaust pressure sen- Differential exhaust pressure sen-
4. 5. 6. Bracket (battery)
sor tube (up stream) sor hose
A. Vehicle right side B. Vehicle front C. Vehicle upper side H
Insertion length of differential To differential exhaust pressure sen- To differential exhaust pressure sen-
D. E. F.
exhaust pressure sensor hose sor tubes (up to bulge) sor (up to the wall face)
G. Installation of clamps
I
Diffuser Insulator
Tighten diffuser insulator (1) mounting bolts in numerical order as
shown in the figure. J
: Vehicle front
PBIC4303E
EM-153
TURBO CHARGER
[YD22DDTi]
TURBO CHARGER PFP:14411
Removal and Installation BBS002IW
PBIC4306E
1. Exhaust manifold 2. Gasket 3. Turbocharger

4. Gasket 5. Oil feed tube and oil return tube 6. Cooper washer
7. Eye-bolt 8. Washer 9. Connector
10. Oil return hose 11. Cooper washer 12. Eye-bolt
13. Gasket 14. Water tube 15. Water hose
16. Gasket 17. Air inlet tube 18. Air inlet tube
19. Gasket
A. To air cleaner B. To charge air cooler C. To catalyst
D. To cylinder block E. To cylinder block F. to cylinder block
G. To heater return pipe

NOTE:
REMOVAL
3. Remove cooling fan and radiator. Refer to CO-35, "RADIATOR" .
4. Remove water inlet pipe. Refer to CO-46, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .
5. Remove charge air cooler. Refer to EM-143, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .
6. Remove air duct and air inlet pipes. Refer to EM-141, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
7. Remove glow plate. Refer to EM-166, "GLOW PLUG" .
EM-154
TURBO CHARGER
[YD22DDTi]
8. Remove exhaust manifold insulator and turbocharger insulator. Refer to EM-150, "CATALYST" and EM-
159, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" . A
9. Remove catalyst. Refer to EM-150, "CATALYST" .
10. Loosen and remove eye-bolt from water tube.
11. Disconnect water hose from water tube. EM
12. Loosen and remove eye-bolt from oil feed tube.
13. Disconnect oil return hose from oil return tube.
C
14. Remove turbocharger with exhaust manifold, water tube, and oil feed tube and oil return tube. Refer to
EM-159, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .
CAUTION:
Be careful not to deform water tube, oil feed tube and oil return tube. D
15. Remove exhaust manifold, water tube, and oil feed tube and oil return tube from turbocharger.
CAUTION:
E
● Do not disassemble or adjust the turbocharger.
● Be careful not to contact with the vehicle.
● Do not hold turbocharger boost control actuator and actuator rod.

F
L
PBIC4307E
A. Check for charge air pressure leaks B. Compressor housing C. Turbine housing
Check for negative air pressure M
D. Check for exhaust gas leaks E. F. Turbocharger boost control actuator
leaks
G. Check for engine coolant leaks H. Check for engine oil leaks
CAUTION:
When the compressor wheel turbine, wheel or rotor shaft is damaged, remove all the fragments and
foreign matter left in the following passages in order to prevent a secondary malfunction:
Suction side : Between turbocharger and charge air cooler
Exhaust side : Between turbocharger and catalyst
● Refer to the figure for component names and visually check points.
Water Tube, Oil Feed Tube and Oil Return Tube
● Clean inside of water tube, oil feed tube and oil return tube, and check tubes for clogging.
● Replace water tube, oil feed tube and oil return tube if clogging still exists after cleaning.
Turbocharger
● Perform the following inspection, and then clean it if there are any deposits.
● Replace turbocharger if it is not functioning properly or outside the standard.
EM-155
TURBO CHARGER
[YD22DDTi]
● Clean before checking.
● Clean oil feed/return port.
PBIC4387E
● Dry it using an air gun (A) after cleaning.

● Dry compressor wheel, turbine wheel, compressor housing, and
turbine housing using an air gun.
PBIC4388E
Rotor Shaft Clearance

● Make sure that the rotor shaft (A) rotates smoothly without any
resistance when it is rotated by your fingertips.
● Make sure that the rotor shaft is not loose when it is moved ver-
tically or horizontally.
● Measure looseness with a dial indicator inserting its measuring
rod through oil drain hole of turbocharger.
Standard : 0.086 - 0.117 mm (0.0034 - 0.0046 in)
● Replace turbocharger if out of standard.
PBIC4308E
Rotor Shaft End Play

● Place a dial indicator (B) at the rotor shaft (A) end in the axial
direction to measure the end play.
Standard : 0.082 - 0.111 mm (0.0032 - 0.0044 in)
● Replace turbocharger if out of standard.
PBIC4309E
EM-156
TURBO CHARGER
[YD22DDTi]
Turbine Wheel
● Make sure that there is no engine oil adhesion. A
● Make sure that there is no carbon accumulation.
● Make sure that blades of turbine wheel (A) are not bent or bro-
ken. EM
● Make sure that turbine wheel does not interfere with turbine
housing (B).
C
PBIC4310E
D
Compressor Wheel
● Make sure that there is no engine oil adhesion inside the air E
inlet.
● Make sure that compressor wheel (A) does not interfere with
compressor housing (B).
F
● Make sure that compressor wheel is not bent or broken.
PBIC4311E H
Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator
● Connect the handy vacuum pump (B) to the turbocharger boost
control actuator (A), and make sure that the rod (D) strokes I
smoothly in compliance with the following pressure.
C : Dial indicator
J
● Pressure to be applied at the turbocharger boost control actua-
tor part to move rod end as follows:
Standard (Pressure/rod stroke amount): K
:–52.0 to –54.6 kPa (–520 to –546 mbar, –390 to –410
mmHg, –15.4 to –16.1 inHg)/0.2 mm (0.0079 in) PBIC4312E
: –32.0 to –40.0 kPa (–320 to –400 mbar, –240 to –300 L

mmHg, –9.45 to –11.8 inHg)/5.0 mm (0.197 in)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS OF TURBOCHARGER M
Preliminary check:
● Make sure that the engine oil level is between MIN and MAX of the oil level gauge. (When engine oil
amount is more than MAX, engine oil flows into the inlet duct through blow-by gas passage, and turbo-
charger is misjudged malfunction.)
● Ask the customer if he/she always runs the vehicle in idle engine speed to cool the engine oil down after
driving.
● Replace the turbocharger assembly when any malfunction is found after unit inspections specified in the
table below.
● If no malfunction is found after the unit inspections, judge that the turbocharger body has no malfunction.
Check the other parts again.
EM-157
TURBO CHARGER
[YD22DDTi]
Symptom
(when each inspection item meets each inspection result)
Inspection item Inspection result
Engine oil Insufficient power/accel-
Smoke Noise
leakage eration malfunction
Engine oil leaks C A C C
Carbon is accumulated C A B B
Turbine wheel
Friction with housing C B A B
Blades are bent or broken — — A A
Inside the air inlet is seriously con-
B B — —
taminated by engine oil.
Compressor wheel
Friction with housing C B A B
Blades are bent or broken — — A A
There is resistance when the rotor
— C C B
shaft is rotated by your fingertips.
After checking both turbine and
The rotor shaft sometimes does not
compressor, inspect rotor shaft — — — A
rotate by your fingertips.
end play.
There is too much play in the bear-
C C B C
ing.
Carbon or sludge is accumulated in
Oil return port C A C C
the waste oil hole.
A: Large possibility
B: Medium possibility
C: Small possibility
INSTALLATION
● When a stud bolt is pulled out, replace it with a new one and tighten it to the following torque.
Exhaust manifold side : 25.5 N·m (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)
Catalyst side : 25.5 N·m (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)
Air inlet side : 11.3 N·m (1.2 kg-m, 8 ft-lb)
Start engine, and raise engine speed to make sure that there are no exhaust gas, no engine coolant and no oil
leakage.
EM-158
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
EXHAUST MANIFOLD PFP:14004
A
Removal and Installation BBS002IY
EM
PBIC4305E
1. EGR volume control valve 2. Gasket 3. EGR cooler J

4. Gasket 5. Gasket 6. Exhaust manifold
7. Exhaust manifold insulator
A. No. 1 exhaust port B. No. 2 exhaust port C. No. 3 exhaust port K
D. No. 4 exhaust port E. Alignment protrusion F. To intake manifold
G. To turbocharger
L
REMOVAL
Remove exhaust manifold with turbocharger. Refer to EM-154, "TURBO CHARGER" . M
● Loosen mounting bolts in the reverse order shown in the figure.
Then remove exhaust manifold from turbocharger.
JEM266G
EM-159
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
[YD22DDTi]
Surface Distortion
● Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flat-
ness of exhaust manifold fitting surface.
Limit : 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace exhaust manifold.
JEM267G
INSTALLATION
● Install in the reverse order of removal.
Exhaust Manifold
● Assemble exhaust manifold and turbocharger. Refer to EM-154, "TURBO CHARGER" .
● Install gasket so that the alignment protrusion faces the No. 4 exhaust port.
● Tighten mounting bolts in numerical order shown in the figure.
● Re- tighten nuts 1 to 4.
● When a stud bolt is pulled out, tighten it to the following torque:
: 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb)

● Install in the reverse order of removal.
JEM266G

● Start engine, and raise engine speed to check no exhaust gas leaks.
EM-160
[YD22DDTi]
OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER PFP:11110
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016K
EM
PBIC4293E
K
1. Baffle plate 2. Baffle plate 3. Rear plate cover
4. Oil pan upper 5. Gasket 6. Oil strainer
7. Oil pan drain plug 8. Drain plug washer 9. Oil pan lower L
10. Crankshaft position sensor
A. To transaxle B. Oil pan side
● Refer to GI-9, "Components" for symbol marks in the figure. M

NOTE:
REMOVAL
WARNING:
To avoid the danger of being scalded, do not drain engine oil when engine is hot.
EM-161
[YD22DDTi]
3. Remove oil pan lower as follows:
a. Loosen bolts in reverse order of that shown in the figure to
remove.
SBIA0161E
b. Insert the seal cutter [SST] between oil pan upper and oil pan
lower.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not to damage aluminum mating surface.
● Do not insert screwdriver, or oil pan flange will be

deformed.
SEM544G
c. Slide the seal cutter by tapping on the side of the seal cutter with
a hammer.
d. Remove oil pan lower.
SEM545G
4. Remove A/C compressor belt. Refer to EM-139, "DRIVE BELTS" .

5. Remove A/C compressor and bracket. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
6. Remove front exhaust tube and its support. Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
7. Remove crankshaft position sensor from transaxle.
CAUTION:
● Avoid impacts such as a dropping.
● Keep it away from metal particles.
● Do not place sensor close to magnetic materials.
PBIC2277E
EM-162
[YD22DDTi]
8. Set a suitable transmission jack under transaxle and hoist
engine with engine slinger. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEM- A
BLY" .
9. Remove center member. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEM-
BLY" . EM
10. Remove rear plate cover and transaxle joint bolts.
11. Remove catalyst and catalyst rear diffuser. Refer to EM-150,
"Removal and Installation" . C
JEM553G
D
12. Remove oil strainer.
13. Remove oil pan upper as follows:
a. Loosen bolts in reverse order of illustration to remove oil pan E
upper.
SBIA0162E H
b. Insert the Seal cutter [SST] between oil pan upper and cylinder
block. Slide the Seal cutter by tapping on the side of the Seal I
cutter with a hammer.
CAUTION:
● Be careful not damage aluminum mating surface.
J
● Do not insert screwdriver, or oil pan flange will be
deformed.
K
SEM365EA
L
c. Remove oil pan upper.
14. Remove baffle plates from oil pan upper.
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL M
Clean oil strainer if any object attached.
INSTALLATION
1. Install baffle plates to oil pan upper.
2. Install oil pan upper as follows:
a. Use the scraper to remove old liquid gasket from mating sur-
faces.
CAUTION:
pan upper.
● Remove old liquid gasket from bolt hole and thread.
JEM117G
EM-163
[YD22DDTi]
b. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] to areas shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
● At the 8 bolt holes marked , liquid gasket should be
applied outside holes.
● Be sure liquid gasket is 3.5 to 4.5 mm (0.138 to 0.177 in)
or 4.5 to 5.5 mm (0.177 to 0.217 in) wide. (Be careful that
the diameter of the silicon bead is different around the
front.)
PBIC2314E
● Attaching should be done within 5 minutes after coating.
c. Install oil pan upper.

● Tighten bolts in numerical order to the specified torque.
● Bolt dimensions vary depending on the installation location.

Refer to the following and use appropriate bolts.
M6 x 30 mm (1.18 in) : Bolt No. 15, 16
M8 x 25 mm (0.98 in) : Bolt No. 3, 4, 9, 10
M8 x 60 mm (2.36 in) : Bolt No. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8,
11, 12, 13, 14
● The shank length under the bolt neck above is the length of
the threaded part (pilot portion not included). SBIA0162E
3. Install oil strainer.

4. Tighten transaxle joint bolts.
5. Install rear plate cover.
6. Install center member. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
7. Install crankshaft position sensor.
PBIC2277E
8. Install oil pan lower as follows:

CAUTION:
pan upper.
● Remove old liquid gasket from bolt hole and thread.
SBIA0163E
EM-164
[YD22DDTi]
b. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] as shown in the figure. A
● Be sure liquid gasket is 3.5 to 4.5 mm (0.138 to 0.177 in)
wide. EM
SBIA0164E
D
c. Install oil pan lower.
● Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.
G
SBIA0161E
9. Install oil pan drain plug. H

● Refer to figure in EM-161, "Removal and Installation" .
10. Install in the reverse order of removal.

NOTE: I
Pour engine oil or start engine at least 30 minutes after oil pan is installed.
1. Check engine oil level and adjust engine oil. Refer to LU-20, "ENGINE OIL" . J
2. Check for leakage of engine oil when engine is warmed.
3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes.
K
4. Check engine oil level again. Refer to LU-20, "ENGINE OIL" .
EM-165
GLOW PLUG
[YD22DDTi]
GLOW PLUG PFP:22401
Removal and Installation BBS0016L
PBIC4390E
1. Cap 2. Glow nut 3. Glow plug

4. Glow plate 5. Glow harness
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Remove glow plug only if necessary. If carbon adheres, it may be stuck and broken.
2. Remove glow harness from glow plate.
3. Remove glow nut to remove glow plate.
4. Remove glow plug.
CAUTION:
● When removing or installing, do not use such tools as an air impact wrench.
● Handle it carefully without giving any impact, even after removal. [As a guide, if it drops from
height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, always replace it.]
INSTALLATION
1. Remove adhered carbon from glow plug installation hole with a reamer.
2. Install glow plug.
EM-166
VACUUM PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
VACUUM PUMP PFP:41920
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016M
EM
PBIC4313E
Vacuum pump and cylinder head J

1. O-ring 2. 3. Cylinder head rear cover plate
rear cover assembly
4. O-ring 5. Camshaft position sensor
Engine front K
INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL L
1. Disconnect vacuum hose, and connect a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector.
● Disconnect point where vacuum from vacuum pump can be measured directly and install 3-way con-
nector. M
2. Start engine and measure generated vacuum at idle speed.
Standard:
– 86.6 to – 101.3 kPa (– 866 to – 1,013 mbar, – 650 to – 760 mmHg, – 25.59 to – 29.92 inHg)
● If out of standard, check for air suction in vacuum route, and measure again.
● If still outside of standard, replace vacuum pump.
REMOVAL
2. Remove air duct and air cleaner case (upper). Refer to EM-141, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Disconnect harness connector from fuel injector.
5. Remove injection tubes. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .
6. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-183, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove spill tube. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .
EM-167
VACUUM PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
8. Remove nozzle support from No. 2 cylinder and No. 2 fuel injector. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Instal-
lation" . (To fix the hexagonal portion of the camshaft.)
9. Remove air inlet pipes. Refer to EM-154, "Removal and Installation" .
10. Remove exhaust manifold cover. Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation" .
11. Disconnect heater hose. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
12. Remove EGR cooler. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
13. Disconnect vacuum hose from vacuum pump side.
14. Remove camshaft position sensor.
15. Remove cylinder head rear cover plate.
16. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts in rear camshaft sprocket. Refer to EM-169, "Disassembly and
Assembly" .
● Loosen rear camshaft sprocket mounting bolt by fixing the hexagonal portion of camshaft.
17. Remove vacuum pump and cylinder head rear cover assembly.
● Remove and install vacuum pump, sprocket, drive chain and chain guide as an assembly.
● Loosen mounting bolts in reverse order shown in figure.
● Do not remove any bolts not shown in figure. (Especially

never remove M6 bolts on vacuum pump.)
● Use the seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] or other suitable tool
to remove.
PBIC4314E
INSTALLATION
1. Install vacuum pump and cylinder head rear cover assembly
onto cylinder head. Refer to EM-170, "ASSEMBLY" .
● Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] to area shown in the figure.
PBIC4315E
2. Tighten mounting bolts in order shown in the figure.
PBIC4314E
3. Install rear camshaft sprocket mounting bolts by fixing the hexagonal portion of camshaft.
4. Tighten rear camshaft sprocket mounting bolts.
EM-168
VACUUM PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
5. Install cylinder head rear cover plate.
● Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser A
[SST: WS39930000] to area shown in the figure.
● Attaching should be done within 5 minutes after coating. EM
SBIA0169E
D
6. Install in reverse order of removal.
● When vacuum hose is connected, insert it securely by at least 15 mm (0.59 in).
CAUTION: E
Do not start engine with vacuum circuit being open. If engine is started and vehicle is running while
vacuum pump is open (with vacuum hose disconnected), blow-by flow rate will increase and engine
may be damaged.
F
Make sure that generated vacuum satisfies the specification at idle speed. Refer to EM-167, "INSPECTION G
BEFORE REMOVAL" .
Disassembly and Assembly BBS0016N
H
PBIC4316E
1. Rear camshaft sprocket 2. Drive chain 3. Chain guide

4. Cylinder head rear cover 5. Vacuum pump 6. O-ring
7. O-ring
EM-169
VACUUM PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove drive chain from rear camshaft sprocket and vacuum pump sprocket.
2. Remove rear camshaft sprocket.
3. Loosen chain guide mounting bolts. Then remove chain guide.
4. Remove vacuum pump.
CAUTION:
Do not disassemble vacuum pump.
ASSEMBLY
Follow procedure below to install each part onto cylinder head rear cover.
1. Install vacuum pump (2).
2. Temporarily fit chain guide (1).
● When performing step 6, adjust chain guide.
PBIC4317E
3. Install rear camshaft sprocket.

4. Fit drive chain (1) onto rear camshaft sprocket and vacuum
pump sprocket.
PBIC4318E
5. Install (insert) rear camshaft sprocket (1) holding tool [SST:

KV109-B0271] (A) to rear camshaft sprocket from the rear via
cylinder head rear cover.
● Rear camshaft holding tool installation allows positioning of
rear camshaft sprocket.
PBIC4319E
6. Press chain guide lightly for positioning so that the clearance

between drive chain and chain guide reaches 0 mm (0 in).
● Check tension of drive chain, and fully tighten two chain guide
bolts.
PBIC4320E
EM-170
INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR
[YD22DDTi]
INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR PFP:00018
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016O
EM
PBIC4321E
K
1. Spill tube 2. Eye-bolt 3. Spill tube gasket
4. Nozzle support 5. Pin 6. Fuel injector
7. O-ring 8. Nozzle gasket 9. Washer L
10. Nozzle oil seal 11. Rocker cover 12. Injection tube No. 1
13. Injection tube No. 2 14. Injection tube No. 3 15. Injection tube No. 4
16. Insert rubber 17. Injection tube center 18. Clip M
19. Fuel pump 20. Cylinder head 21. Fuel rail gasket
22. Fuel hose 23. Fuel rail
Engine front

REMOVAL
2. Disconnect harness connector from fuel injector.
3. Remove spill hose. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
4. Remove injection tubes as follows:
a. Put a paint mark or tag on injection tubes to identify each cylinder.
● Use a fuel-resistant method.
EM-171
[YD22DDTi]
b. Remove injection tubes in order of 2-1-4-3 individually.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
room. Especially, ensure to keep engine mounting insulator
clear of fuel.
SBIA0203E
5. Remove nozzle oil seal.

● Using the flat-bladed screwdriver, pry flange to remove oil
seal.
NOTE:
Nozzle oil seal seals between fuel injector and rocker cover. If
only injection tube shall be removed and installed, nozzle oil
seal replacement is not required.
PBIC0944E
7. Remove spill tube mounting bolts and nut.

● Loosen bolts and nut to the reverse order in the figure and
remove them.
CAUTION:
When loosening nut, fix spill tube retaining bolt with span-
ner.
PBIC3606E
EM-172
[YD22DDTi]
8. Remove fuel injector as follows:
a. Remove nozzle support. A
b. Remove fuel injector. While rotating it to left and right, raise it to
remove.
CAUTION: EM
● Handle fuel injector carefully without giving any impact.
c. If nozzle gasket remains in cylinder head, hook it with tip of a C

flat-bladed screwdriver and pull it out.
d. Remove O-ring from fuel injector. PBIC0759E
D
INSTALLATION
1. Record “INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE” on the top surface when replacing fuel injector.
● Refer to EC-995, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" (WITH EURO-OBD) or EC-1474, "Injector
E
Adjustment Value Registration" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) for use of “INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT
VALUE”.
PBIB3150E
I
Example: Injector Adjustment value = D121ABCD1A061234000000000000E6
2. Install fuel injector as follows:
a. Install O-ring and nozzle gasket to fuel injector, and insert them J
into cylinder head.
CAUTION:
Completely remove any foreign material among fuel injec- K
tor, nozzle gasket and cylinder head.
b. Tighten injection tubes temporarily in the order of 3-4-1-2.
c. Be sure to fit nozzle support without looseness. L
d. Tighten nozzle support bolts.
● Apply engine oil onto threaded parts of bolts and seating
areas. PBIC0759E M
e. Remove injection tubes.
EM-173
[YD22DDTi]
3. Connect spill tube.
● Tighten fixing bolts and nut in numerical order shown in the
figure.
CAUTION:
When tightening nut, fix spill tube retaining bolt with
spanner.
NOTE:
Connection of spill tube gasket may be broken, even if it is
tighten to the specified torque. It does not affect performance.
PBIC3606E
4. Perform air tightness test for spill tube.

● Connect a handy vacuum pump to spill connector. Make sure
that vacuum is retained while applying following vacuum.
Standard:
– 53.3 to – 66.7 kPa (– 533 to – 667 mbar, – 400 to
– 500 mmHg, – 15.75 to – 19.69 inHg)
● If outside of standard, reconnect spill tube. (Replace gasket in
this case.)
5. Install rocker cover. Refer to EM-183, "Removal and Installation" JEF250Z
.
6. Install nozzle oil seal.
● Insert it straight until its flange fully contacts rocker cover.
CAUTION:
● Check gutter spring in nozzle oil seal on fuel injector for missing.
7. Connect injection tubes individually to each cylinder in order of

3-4-1-2.
SBIA0203E
8. Connect spill hose. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EM-174
[YD22DDTi]
● Input “INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE” to ECM after installing to the vehicle when replacing fuel injec- A
tor. Refer to EC-995, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" (WITH EURO-OBD) or EC-1474, "Injector
Adjustment Value Registration" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
EM
PBIB3150E E
Example: Injector Adjustment value = D121ABCD1A061234000000000000E6
● Start engine and increase engine speed to check for fuel leak.
CAUTION: F
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking at points out of clear sight. G
EM-175
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
Removal and Installation BBS0016P
CAUTION:
● Before removing and installing fuel pump, be sure to remove sprocket. Do not loosen or remove
installation nut in the center of fuel pump. If loosened or removed, replace fuel pump.
● After removing timing chain, do not turn crankshaft and camshaft separately, or valves will strike
piston heads.
● When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals, or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil.
● When fuel pump is replaced with new one or another one, perform fuel pump leaning value clean-
ing before starting engine. Refer to EC-994, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" (WITH EURO-
OBD) or EC-1473, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
PBIC4322E
1. Washer 2. Fuel pump sprocket 3. Seal washer

4. O-ring 5. Adjust shim 6. Sprocket nut
7. Coupling 8. Oil seal 9. Key
10. Fuel pump 11. Fuel hose 12. Fuel hose
13. Spacer
Engine front

REMOVAL
EM-176
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
4. Pull power steering reservoir tank out of brackets to move power steering piping. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" . A
CAUTION:
To avoid removing power steering reservoir tank out of brackets, move it with power steering pip-
ing aside. EM
5. Remove RH front wheel.
6. Remove RH engine undercover.
7. Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . C
8. Remove fuel hoses from fuel pump. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
CAUTION:
● While hoses are disconnected, plug them to prevent fuel from draining. D
● Be careful not to spill fuel in the engine component.
9. Disconnect harness connector from fuel pump.

E
10. Remove injection tube center, clip and insert rubber. Refer to EM-171, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL
INJECTOR" .
CAUTION:
Be careful not to spill fuel in the engine component. F
11. Remove secondary timing chain. Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .
12. Hold fuel pump sprocket and remove bolt. G
a. Insert the positioning stopper pin [SST] into the hole 6 mm (0.24
in) in the diameter on the fuel pump sprocket.
b. Using the TORX wrench [SST], turn pump shaft little by little to H
adjust the position of fuel pump sprocket so that the holes align.
c. Push the positioning stopper pin [SST] through fuel pump
sprocket to fuel pump body to hold fuel pump sprocket. I
MBIA0049E J
● Insert the positioning stopper pin until its flange contacts the fuel
pump sprocket. K
PBIC2535E
13. Using the hexagon wrench [SST] remove tightening bolts of fuel
pump sprocket.
PBIC2404E
EM-177
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
MBIA0074E
14. Using the sprocket holder [SST], hold fuel pump sprocket to pre-
vent falling.
● For sprocket holder, use KV11106060 machined as shown in
the figure, because the previous bore is not fitting.
SBIA0217E
● When the sprocket holder is installed, if the positioning stop-

per pin [SST] interferes, pull out the positioning stopper pin
approximately 10 mm (0.39 in), then install it.
● After the sprocket holder is installed temporarily, tighten the
sprocket holder after making extension bar and TORX socket
(size: E10) insert into the machined bore.
● The length of the sprocket holder mounting bolts should be
approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) (M6 thread length).
● Make sure that the a- and b-faces of the sprocket holder con-
tact the bottom side of the sprocket (small diameter side).
PBIC2534E
CAUTION:
Do not remove the sprocket holder [SST] until fuel pump is installed.
● After the sprocket holder is installed, pull out the positioning
stopper pin from fuel pump sprocket.
MBIA0075E
EM-178
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
15. Using the extension bar and the TORX socket (size: E10),
remove the tightening bolts. A
EM
PBIC2405E
D
16. Remove the fuel pump toward the rear of engine.
CAUTION:
● For removal, be careful not to drop the seal washer into the engine. E
● Do not disassemble or adjust fuel pump.
NOTE:
The seal washer of the tightening bolts cannot be reused. F
17. Remove adjust shim.
18. Attach a suitable tool in the M8 bolt hole on coupling.
19. Loosen sprocket nut with the TORX wrench [SST]. G
MBIA0013E
J
20. Remove coupling with a suitable puller.

K
MBIA0014E
21. Remove spacer from fuel pump.

22. Remove oil seal from spacer.
EM-179
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
Timing Chain
Check for cracks and excessive wear at roller links. Replace
timing chain if necessary.
SEM984C
INSTALLATION
1. Install new oil seal to spacer.
MBIA0045E
2. Install spacer to fuel pump.
3. Install coupling to fuel pump of spacer.

● Using the TORX wrench [SST], tighten the sprocket nut to fix
the coupling.
MBIA0013E
4. Install adjust shim.

● For shim adjustment, measure dimension “L” [Distance
between front surface of coupling and the fuel pump flange
(spacer)] at two opposing points near the coupling bolt center.
Use the average of these two measurements to select the
shim grade that marked on adjust shim.
MBIA0077E
EM-180
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
● The shim adjustment is required only when the fuel pump is
replaced. A
EM
PBIC3439E
Part No. of adjusting shim Grade number Measuring dimension L mm (in) Type
16614 8H800 0.5 t 38.23 - 39.77 (1.5051 - 1.5657) A E
16614 8H810 1.0 t 38.76 - 38.23 (1.5260 - 1.5051) B
16614 8H860 1.2 t 38.57 - 38.76 (1.5185 - 1.5260) C
F
16614 8H820 1.6 t 38.18 - 38.57 (1.5031 - 1.5185) D
16614 8H800 + 16614 8H860 0.5 t + 1.2 t 38.09 - 38.18 (1.4996 - 1.5031) A+C
16614 8H810 + 16614 8H810 1.0 t + 1.0 t 37.80 - 38.09 (1.4882 - 1.4996) B+B G
16614 8H860 + 16614 8H810 1.2 t + 1.0 t 37.60 - 37.80 (1.4803 - 1.4882) C+B
16614 8H820 + 16614 8H810 1.6 t + 1.0 t 37.21 - 37.60 (1.4650 - 1.4803) D+B
H
5. Before fuel pump is installed, make sure that spacer (1) and the
6 mm (0.24 in) dia. hole on coupling are aligned.
I
K
PBIC4323E
6. Insert fuel pump (2) to the mounting position from the rear side
L
of the engine, and install the tightening bolts (3) with seal wash-
ers (1).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to drop the seal washer into engine. M
PBIC4324E
EM-181
FUEL PUMP
[YD22DDTi]
7. Using the extension bar and the TORX socket (size: E10),
tighten the tightening bolts of fuel pump.
8. Remove the sprocket holder [SST].
PBIC2405E
9. Using the TORX wrench [SST], turn the pump shaft gradually to
adjust the position of fuel pump sprocket. Then, insert the posi-
tioning stopper pin [SST] to the 6 mm (0.24 in) dia. hole of the
fuel pump sprocket through the pump body.
10. Remove the TORX wrench [SST].
MBIA0049E
11. Using the hexagon wrench [SST], tighten the sprocket tightening
bolt.
● When the washer of the fuel pump sprocket is removed,
install it with the marking “F” (front) facing the front of the
engine.
12. Pull out the positioning stopper pin [SST].
PBIC2404E
13. Install secondary timing chain. Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .
14. Install injection tube center as follows: Refer to EM-171, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
a. Pre-set clip and insert rubber to injection tube center.
b. Pre-tight nut of injection tube center to fuel pump and fuel rail by hand. (until seal surface touched)
c. Adjust clip dimension and tight bolt for clip to intake manifold by tool.
d. Tight nut of injection tube center to fuel pump by tool.
e. Tight nut of injection tube center to fuel rail by tool.
15. Connect the harness connector to fuel pump.
16. Install fuel hoses. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
17. Hereafter, install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
When fuel pump is replaced with new one or another one, perform fuel pump leaning value clean-
ing before starting engine. Refer to EC-994, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" (WITH EURO-
OBD) or EC-1473, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" (WITHOUT EURO-OBD).
EM-182
ROCKER COVER
[YD22DDTi]
ROCKER COVER PFP:13264
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016Q
EM
PBIC4325E
1. Nozzle oil seal 2. Oil filler cap 3. Washer J

4. Oil seal 5. Gasket 6. Ventilation hose
7. Rocker cover
A. Refer to EM-183 . B. To air duct C. Refer to EM-184 . K
REMOVAL L
2. Disconnect harness connector from fuel injector. Refer to EM-171, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJEC-
TOR" . M
3. Remove injection tube. Refer to EM-171, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
4. Remove injection nozzle oil seal.
● Using the flat-bladed screwdriver, pry flange to remove nozzle
oil seal.
PBIC0944E
5. Remove rocker cover.
EM-183
ROCKER COVER
[YD22DDTi]
● Loosen holding bolts in reverse order of that shown in the fig-
ure and remove.
: Engine front
6. Remove rocker cover gasket.

7. Use scraper to remove all traces of liquid gasket from cylinder
head and cylinder head rear cover.
8. Remove oil filler cap from rocker cover, if necessary.
PBIC4326E
INSTALLATION
1. Apply 3.0 mm (0.118 in) dia. on locations shown in the figure.
1 : Cylinder head rear cover
: Engine front
● Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
PBIC4391E
2. Install rocker cover gasket to rocker cover.

3. Install rocker cover, and tighten holding bolts in numerical order
: 7.8 N·m (0.8 kg-m, 69 in-lb)
: Engine front
Re-tighten to the same torque in the same order as above.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch or damage oil seal with fuel injec-
tor when installing rocker cover. If make a scratch or dam-
age oil seal, replace with new one. PBIC4326E
4. Install nozzle oil seal.

● Insert it straight until flange fully contacts rocker cover.

Start engine and increase engine speed to check for fuel leak.
CAUTION:
Do not touch the engine immediately after stopped as engine becomes extremely hot.
NOTE:
Use mirrors for checking at points out of clear sight.
EM-184
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
CAMSHAFT PFP:13001
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016R
EM
PBIC2319E
1. Camshaft bracket 2. Camshaft (right side) 3. Camshaft (left side) J

4. Camshaft sprocket (right side) 5. Camshaft sprocket (left side) 6. Adjusting shim
7. Valve lifter 8. Cylinder head
K
CAUTION:
● This engine will have a different valve arrangement from
normal DOHC 4-valve type engines. As both camshafts on
this engine have intake and exhaust camshafts, in this L
chapter they are named as follows:
Camshaft (right side) : Intake manifold side
M
Camshaft (left side) : Exhaust manifold side
● Refer to the figure for intake and exhaust valve arrange-
ment.
(The camshafts have, alternately, either intake valve or an
exhaust valve.) SBIA0178E
REMOVAL
4. Remove air inlet pipe. Refer to EM-154, "TURBO CHARGER" .
6. Remove vacuum pump. Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove fuel injector. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .
8. Remove secondary timing chain. Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .
9. Remove camshaft sprockets.
EM-185
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
● Loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolt by fixing the hex-
agonal portion of camshaft.
JEM159G
10.
11. Remove camshaft as follows:

a. Loosen and remove the camshaft sprocket bolts in reverse order
b. Place distinguishing marks on the right and left sides with paint.
JEM160G
12. Remove adjusting shim and valve lifter.

● Remove by taking notice of the installation position, and place outside engine in order to prevent confu-
sion.
Visual Check of Camshaft
● Check the camshaft for one sided wear or scratches.
● Replace the camshaft if there are abnormalities.
Camshaft Runout
● Prepare V-block on a flat surface and secure camshaft journals
No. 2 and No. 5.
● Set the dial indicator vertically on journal No. 3.
● Rotate camshaft in one direction by hand, then read needle
movement on dial indicator (total indicator reading).
Limit : 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft.
PBIC2499E
Camshaft Cam Height

● Measure the height of camshaft cam using the micrometer.
Standard:
Intake : 39.505 - 39.695 mm (1.5553 - 1.5628 in)
Exhaust : 39.905 - 40.095 mm (1.5711 - 1.5785 in)
● If out of the standard, replace camshaft.
SEM549A
EM-186
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance
CAMSHAFT JOURNAL DIAMETER A
● Measure outer diameter of camshaft journal with micrometer.
Standard: EM
No. 1 : 30.435 - 30.455 mm
(1.1982 - 1.1990 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 23.935 - 23.955 mm C
(0.9423 - 0.9431 in)
D
SEM012A
CAMSHAFT BRACKET INNER DIAMETER E

● Install camshaft bracket and tighten bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-189, "INSTALLATION" for
the tightening procedure.
● Measure inner diameter of camshaft bracket using the inside F
micrometer.
Standard:
G
No. 1 : 30.500 - 30.521 mm
(1.2008 - 1.2016 in)
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 24.000 - 24.021 mm H
(0.9449 - 0.9457 in)
JEM162G
I
CAMSHAFT OIL CLEARANCE CALCULATIONS

● (Oil clearance) = (Camshaft bracket inner diameter) – (Camshaft journal diameter) J
Standard : 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in)

● If out of standard, refer to the standard value of each unit, then replace the camshaft and/or cylinder head. K
NOTE:
As the camshaft bracket is manufactured with the cylinder head, it is impossible to replace only the cam-
shaft bracket. L
Camshaft End Play
● Install dial indicator in thrust direction on front end of camshaft.
Measure end play of dial indicator when camshaft is moved for- M
ward/backward (in direction to axis).
Standard : 0.070 - 0.148 mm (0.0028 - 0.0058 in)
Limit : 0.24 mm (0.0094 in)
PBIC2446E
EM-187
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
● Measure the following parts if out of the standard.
– Dimension “A” for camshaft
Standard : 6.882 - 6.930 mm (0.2709 - 0.2728 in)
– Dimension “B” for cylinder head
Standard : 7.000 - 7.030 mm (0.2755 - 0.2767 in)
● Refer to the standards above, and then replace camshaft and/or
cylinder head.
PBIC2320E
Camshaft Sprocket Runout

1. Install camshaft in cylinder head. Refer to EM-189, "INSTALLATION" for the tightening procedure.
2. Install sprocket on camshaft. Refer to EM-189, "INSTALLA-
TION" .
3. Measure camshaft sprocket runout (total indicator reading).
Limit : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft sprocket.
PBIC2644E
Valve Lifter and Adjusting Shim

Check if surface of valve lifter and adjusting shim has any wear or
cracks.
● If anything above is found, replace valve lifter or adjusting shim.
SEM160D
EM-188
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
Valve Lifter Clearance
VALVE LIFTER OUTER DIAMETER A
● Measure the outer diameter of the valve lifter with the microme-
ter.
EM
Standard : 29.960 - 29.975 mm (1.1795 - 1.1801 in)
D
SEM961E
VALVE LIFTER HOLE DIAMETER E

● Measure the hole diameter of the cylinder head valve lifter with
the inside micrometer.
F
Standard : 30.000 - 30.021 mm (1.1811 - 1.1819 in)
H
PBIC0367E
VALVE LIFTER CLEARANCE CALCULATIONS I

● (Valve lifter clearance) = (Valve lifter hole diameter) – (Valve lifter outer diameter)
Standard : 0.025 - 0.061 mm (0.0010 - 0.0024 in) J
● If out of standard, refer to the outer diameter and hole diameter standard values and replace valve lifter
and/or cylinder head.
INSTALLATION K
1. Install valve lifter and adjusting shim.
● Make sure that these are installed in the same position as before the removal process.
L
2. Install camshaft.
● Identify camshafts by the paint position and screw hole at the
rear end.
M
Camshaft (right side) Intake manifold side:
Paint is at position A (Brown) without screw hole.
Camshaft (left side) Exhaust manifold side:
Paint is at position B (Pink) with screw hole.
PBIC2496E
EM-189
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
● Install so that knock pins are positioned in the directions
NOTE:
Though camshaft does not stop at the location as shown in
the figure, for the placement of cam nose, it is generally
accepted that camshaft is placed at the same direction as
PBIC2026E
3. Install camshaft brackets.

● Completely remove any foreign material on back surfaces of camshaft brackets and top surface of cyl-
inder head.
● Install correctly, identifying brackets by the journal No. and
front mark on top surface.
JEM175G
4. Tighten bolts in the order shown in the figure according to the

a. Tighten all bolts.
: 2 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 1 ft-lb)
● Make sure camshaft thrusting parts (on rear side) securely fit
in their mating parts on the cylinder head.
b. Tighten all bolts.
: 6 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 4 ft-lb)
JEM160G
c. Tighten all bolts.
: 12.5 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb)
5. Install camshaft sprockets.
● Camshaft sprockets are commonly used for right side and left side.
● Align camshaft sprocket and knock pin on camshaft, and install.
● Holding the hexagonal part of camshaft with a wrench, tighten bolt securing camshaft sprocket.
6. Before installing spill tube after installing secondary timing chain, check and adjust valve clearance. Refer
to EM-190, "Valve Clearance" .
Valve Clearance BBS0016S
INSPECTION
● When the camshaft or parts in connection with valves are removed or replaced, and a malfunction has
occurred (poor starting, idling, or other malfunction) due to the misadjustment of the valve clearance,
inspect as follows.
● Inspect and adjust when the engine is cool (at normal temperature).
EM-190
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
● Be careful of the intake and exhaust valve arrangement. The
valve arrangement is different from that in a normal engine. A
NOTE:
The camshafts have, alternately, either intake valve or exhaust
valve. (Refer to figure.) EM
SBIA0178E
D
E
5. Set the No. 1 piston to TDC on its compression stroke.
F
● Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise so that the knock pin on
camshaft left side faces straight above. (No position indicator,
etc. is provided on the crankshaft pulley.)
G
I
PBIC2533E
6. Put a matching mark (A) with paint, etc. on crankshaft pulley and
on oil pump housing as an angle indicator. J
PBIC4358E
M
7. While referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance
marked in the table below.
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
Measuring point
INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH
When the No. 1
cylinder is in the X X X X
TDC
NOTE:
● The injection order is 1-3-4-2.
SBIA0180E
EM-191
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
● Measure the valve clearance using the feeler gauge when
engine is cool (at normal temperature).
SBIA0181E
Valve clearance:
Unit: mm (in)
Item Cold Hot* (Reference data)
Intake 0.24 -0.32 (0.0094 - 0.0126) 0.274 - 0.386 (0.0108 - 0.0152)
Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.0102 - 0.0134) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.0121 - 0.0170)
*: Reference data approximately 80°C (176°F)
8. Set the No. 4 cylinder at TDC by rotating the crankshaft clockwise once. (360 degrees)
9. While referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance
marked in the table below.
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
Measuring point
INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH INT EXH
When the No. 4
cylinder is in the X X X X
TDC
SBIA0182E
10. If the valve clearance is outside the specification, adjust as follows.

ADJUSTMENTS
● Remove adjusting shim for parts which are outside the specified valve clearance.
1. Extract engine oil on the upper side of the cylinder head (for the air blowing in step 6).
2. Rotate crankshaft to face the camshaft for adjusting shims that
are to be removed upward.
SBIA0183E
EM-192
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
3. Grip camshaft with the camshaft pliers [SST], then using cam-
shaft as a support point, push adjusting shim downward to com- A
press valve spring.
CAUTION:
Do not damage camshaft, cylinder head and the outer cir- EM
cumference of valve lifter.
PBIC2321E
D
4. With valve spring in a compressed state, remove the camshaft
pliers [SST] by securely setting the outer circumference of the
valve lifter with the end of the lifter stopper [SST].
E
● Hold the lifter stopper by hand until the shim is removed.
CAUTION:
Do not retrieve the camshaft pliers forcefully, as cam-
F
shaft will be damaged.
G
PBIC2322E
5. Move the round hole of adjusting shim to the front with the very H
thin screwdriver or like that.
● When adjusting shim on valve lifter will not rotate smoothly,
restart from step 3 to release the end of the lifter stopper
[SST] from touching adjusting shim. I
6. Remove adjusting shim from valve lifter by blowing air through
the round hole of the adjusting shim with the air gun.
CAUTION: J
To prevent any remaining engine oil from being blown
around, thoroughly wipe the area clean and wear protective
goggles. PBIC2323E
K
7. Remove adjusting shim by using the magnet hand.
PBIC2324E
8. Measure the thickness of adjusting shim using the micrometer.

● Measure near the center of the shim (the part that touches
camshaft).
FEM032
EM-193
CAMSHAFT
[YD22DDTi]
9. Select the new adjusting shim from the following methods.
Calculation method of the adjusting shim thickness:
R = Thickness of removed shim
N = Thickness of new shim
M = Measured valve clearance
Intake
N = R + [M - 0.28 mm (0.0010 in)]
Exhaust
N = R + [M - 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)]
● New adjusting shims have the thickness stamped on the rear
side.
● Shims are available in 33 size from 2.10 mm (0.0827 in) to
2.74 mm (0.1079 in), in steps of 0.02 mm (0.0008 in). Refer
to EM-261, "Available Shims" .
JEM184G
10. Fit the selected adjusting shim to valve lifter.

CAUTION:
Place the stamped side of adjusting shim to valve lifter.
PBIC2325E
11. Compress valve spring using the camshaft pliers [SST: KV10115110] and remove the lifter stopper [SST].
12. Rotate crankshaft 2 to 3 turns by hand.
13. Confirm that the valve clearance is within the specification. Refer to EM-190, "INSPECTION" .
14. Install remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. Refer to EM-189, "INSTALLATION" .
15. Warm up the engine, and check for unusual noise and vibration.
EM-194
OIL SEAL
[YD22DDTi]
OIL SEAL PFP:12279
A
Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal BBS0016T
REMOVAL
1. Remove camshafts. Refer toEM-185, "Removal and Installation" .
EM
2. Remove adjusting shims and valve lifters. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation" .
● Check the installation positions, and keep them to avoid being confused.
3. Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose valve oil seal is to be removed to TDC. This will prevent valve C
from dropping into cylinder.
● Compress the valve spring with valve spring compressor, D
attachment and adapter [SST]. Remove valve collet with a
magnet hand.
CAUTION: E
When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes.
PBIC2388E G
5. Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring.

6. Remove valve oil seal with the valve oil seal puller [SST]. H
JEM153G K
INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Using the valve oil seal drift [SST], install valve oil seals referring L
to the dimension shown in the figure.
JEM165G
EM-195
OIL SEAL
[YD22DDTi]
Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal BBS0016U
REMOVAL
● RH engine undercover
● Crankshaft pulley; Refer to EM-203, "PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN" .
2. Remove front oil seal with a suitable tool.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage oil pump housing and crankshaft.
AEM385
INSTALLATION
1. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown in
the figure.
SEM715A
● Using the suitable drift [62 mm (2.44 in) dia.], force fit the seal
until it hits the bottom.
CAUTION:
Do not touch lips of oil seal. Make sure seal surfaces are
free of foreign materials.
JEM142G
EM-196
OIL SEAL
[YD22DDTi]
Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal BBS0016V
REMOVAL A
1. Remove transaxle and transfer assembly. Refer to MT-19, "Removal and Installation" and TF-57,
"Removal and Installation"
2. Remove clutch cover and disc. Refer to CL-16, "CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL" . EM
3. Remove flywheel. Refer to EM-236, "DISASSEMBLY" .
4. Remove rear oil seal with a suitable tool.
CAUTION: C
INSTALLATION D
1. Apply new engine oil to new rear oil seal joint surface and seal lip.
2. Install rear oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown in
the figure.
E
SEM715A
H
● Press in rear oil seal to the position as shown in the figure.
● Using the drift [105 mm (4.13 in) dia.], press fit so that the
dimension is as specified in the figure. I
● Avoid inclined fitting. Force fit perpendicularly.
K
JEM232G
3. Install in the reverse order of removal after this step. L
EM-197
SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN
[YD22DDTi]
SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN PFP:13028
Removal and Installation BBS0016W
CAUTION:
● After removing timing chain, do not turn crankshaft and camshaft separately, or valves will strike
piston heads.
● When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals, or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil.
PBIC2326E
1. Chain tensioner 2. Spring 3. Plunger

4. Slack guide 5. Front chain case 6. Rubber washer
7. Tension guide 8. Gasket 9. Secondary timing chain
REMOVAL
● For preparative work for removing/installing secondary timing chain to remove/install fuel pump, refer to
EM-176, "FUEL PUMP" .
● To prepare for removing/installing secondary timing chain to remove/install camshaft, refer to EM-185,
3. Pull power steering reservoir tank out of brackets to move power steering piping. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
CAUTION:
To avoid removing power steering reservoir tank out of brackets, move it with power steering pip-
ing aside.
4. Remove front chain case.
EM-198
[YD22DDTi]
● Loosen fixing bolts in reverse order of that shown in the figure
and remove them. A
● Remove No. 6, 10 and 11 bolts with the rubber washer as
space is limited for pulling them out.
CAUTION: EM
● While front chain case is removed, cover openings to
prevent entry of foreign material into engine.
C
JEM121G
D
● Do not remove two mass dampers on the back of
cover.
E
G
SBIA0189E
5. Set the No. 1 piston to TDC on its compression stroke. H

● Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise so that the matching mark
(punched mark) (B) on each camshaft sprocket is positioned
as shown in the figure.
I
A : Same angle
● No position indicator is provided on crankshaft pulley.

● When installing, color coded links on secondary timing J
chain can be used as matching marks. Marking may not
be necessary for removal; however, make matching
marks as required because the matching mark on fuel K
pump sprocket may not be easy to see. PBIC4356E
6. Remove chain tensioner as follows:

L
a. Push the plunger of chain tensioner and keep it pressed with a
push pin.
JEM124G
EM-199
[YD22DDTi]
b. Using the hexagon wrench [SST], remove bolts to remove chain
tensioner.
SBIA0227E
7. Remove slack guide.

● Using the hexagon wrench [SST], remove bolt to remove
slack guide.
SBIA0228E
8. Remove tension guide.

9. Remove secondary timing chain.
● Timing chain alone can be removed without removing sprock-
ets.
JEM127G

Timing Chain
SEM984C
INSTALLATION
1. Install secondary timing chain.
EM-200
[YD22DDTi]
● When installing, match the matching marks on sprockets with
color coded matching marks (colored links) on the timing A
chain.
1 : Secondary timing chain
2 : Chain tensioner EM
3 : Slack guide
4 : Fuel pump sprocket
5 : Tension guide C
6 : Camshaft sprocket
A : Matching mark (dark blue link)
B : Matching mark (punched mark) D
C : Matching mark (yellow link)
2. Install tension guide. E
● The upper bolt has a longer shank than the lower bolt.
G
PBIC4048E
3. Using the hexagon wrench [SST], install slack guide.

H
SBIA0228E
K
4. Install chain tensioner.
a. Push the plunger of chain tensioner. While holding it with a push
pin, install chain tensioner. L
b. Using the hexagon wrench [SST], tighten bolts.
c. Pull out the push pin, etc. holding the plunger.
● Make sure again that the matching marks on the sprock-
M
ets and the colored matching marks on the timing chain
are aligned.
SBIA0227E
5. Install front chain case as follows:
EM-201
[YD22DDTi]
a. Install tension guide on the back surface of front chain case.
● Hold front chain case vertically when installing. Tension guide
may come off if front chain case is tilted.
SBIA0189E
b. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket on both ends of arched

area (locations where rear chain case is adjoined) as shown in
the figure.
● Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
JEF370Y
c. Install front chain case.

● When installing, align dowel pin on oil pump housing with the pin hole.
● Install No. 6, 10 and 11 bolts with the rubber washer to front chain case.
d. Tighten fixing bolts in numerical order shown in the figure.

e. After tightening all the bolts, re-tighten in the same order.
JEM121G
EM-202
PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN
[YD22DDTi]
PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN PFP:13028
A
Removal and Installation BBS0016X
CAUTION:
● After removing timing chain, do not turn crankshaft and camshaft separately, or valves will strike EM
piston heads.
● When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting
surfaces with new engine oil. C
EM-203
[YD22DDTi]
PBIC2327E
1. Fuel pump 2. Seal washer 3. Chain tensioner

4. Spring 5. Slack guide 6. Plunger
7. Camshaft sprocket 8. Washer 9. Fuel pump sprocket
EM-204
[YD22DDTi]
10. O-ring 11. Chain guide 12. Tension guide
13. Spacer 14. Gasket 15. Front chain case A
16. Rubber washer 17. Crankshaft pulley 18. Front oil seal
19. Power steering oil pump cover 20. Oil pump housing 21. Primary timing chain
22. Oil pump drive spacer 23. Crankshaft sprocket 24. Secondary timing chain EM
25. Rear chain case 26. Power steering oil pump 27. Key
REMOVAL C
3. Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-141, "Removal and Installation" . D
6. Pull power steering reservoir tank out of brackets to move power steering piping. Refer to PS-37, E
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
CAUTION:
To avoid removing power steering reservoir tank out of brackets move it with power steering pip- F
ing aside.
7. Remove oil pan (upper and lower). Refer to EM-161, "Removal and Installation" .
8. Remove oil filter bracket. Refer to LU-26, "OIL FILTER BRACKET" . G
10. Remove secondary timing chain and associated parts. Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .
H
11. When removing rear chain case, remove camshaft sprockets. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installa-
tion" .
12. Remove crankshaft pulley as follows:
I
a. Hold crankshaft pulley with the pulley holder (commercial ser-
vice tool).
b. Loosen crankshaft pulley fixing bolt and pull out the bolt approx-
imately 10 mm (0.39 in). J
L
PBIC3469E
c. Using the pulley puller [SST], remove crankshaft pulley.

● Use two M6 bolts with approx. 60 mm (2.36 in) shank length
M
for securing crankshaft pulley.
JEM132G
13. Remove oil pump housing.
EM-205
[YD22DDTi]
● Loosen bolts in reverse order of that shown in the figure and
remove them.
● Use the seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] etc. for removal.
JEM133G
14. Remove front oil seal from oil pump housing.

● Punch out the seal off from the back surface of the oil pump housing using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage oil pump housing.
15. Remove chain tensioner.

● When removing chain tensioner, push the plunger of chain
tensioner and keep it pressed with a push pin, etc.
16. Remove slack guide.
JEM134G
17. Hold fuel pump sprocket and remove bolt.

a. Insert positioning stopper pin [SST] into the hole 6 mm (0.24 in)
in the diameter on fuel pump sprocket.
b. Using the TORX wrench, turn pump shaft little by little to adjust
the position of fuel pump sprocket so that the holes align.
c. Push positioning stopper pin through fuel pump sprocket to fuel
pump body to hold fuel pump sprocket.
MBIA0049E
● Insert the positioning stopper pin until its flange contacts fuel
pump sprocket.
PBIC2535E
EM-206
[YD22DDTi]
18. Using the hexagon wrench [SST] remove tightening bolts to fuel
pump sprocket. A
EM
PBIC2404E
G
MBIA0074E
19. Remove primary timing chain with fuel pump sprocket and H
crankshaft sprocket.
K
MBIA0079E
20. Remove chain guide and tension guides.

L
PBIC2498E
21. Remove fuel pump. Refer to EM-176, "FUEL PUMP" .

22. Remove power steering oil pump.
EM-207
[YD22DDTi]
23. Remove rear chain case.
● Loosen fixing bolts in reverse order of that shown in the figure
and remove them.
● Use the seal cutter [SST: KV10111100] for removal.
SBIA0211E

Timing Chain
SEM984C
INSTALLATION
PBIC3473E
EM-208
[YD22DDTi]
1. Chain tensioner 2. Slack guide 3. Fuel pump sprocket
4. Chain guide 5. Primary timing chain 6. Power steering oil pump sprocket
A
7. Slack guide 8. Chain tensioner 9. Crankshaft sprocket
10. Key 11. Tension guide 12. Tension guide
EM
13. Tension guide 14. Camshaft sprocket 15. Secondary timing chain
A. Matching mark (dark-blue link) B. Matching mark (punched mark) C. Matching mark (cut-out area)
D. Matching mark (yellow link)
C
1. Install rear chain case as follows:
a. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
[SST: WS39930000] on locations shown in the figure. D
A : Apply bead so that it does not protrude into the
oil passage. E
B. C : Minimize overlapping area of bead, by starting
and ending at areas of bead as shown in the fig-
ure. Apply so that the portion marked. F
D : Leave the start and end areas of the bead slightly
protruding from the case surface.
* : comes at an external location but cannot be G
viewed externally after engine assembly.
J
PBIC1255E
b. Install four O-rings to the grooves of the cylinder block and fuel
pump bracket. K
JEM141G
c. Install rear chain case.

● When installing, align the dowel pin with the pin hole.
EM-209
[YD22DDTi]
d. Tighten bolts in numerical order shown in the figure.
● Install the following four types of bolts, referring to the figure.
16 mm (0.63 in) : Bolt No. 1, 2, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22
20 mm (0.79 in) : Bolt No. 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14
25 mm (0.98 in) : Bolt No. 12, 15
35 mm (1.38 in) : Bolt No. 5, 7, 8
● The shank length under the bolt neck above is the length of
threaded part (pilot portion not included).
e. After tightening all the bolts, re-tighten in the same order.
SBIA0211E
2. Install power steering oil pump.

3. Install fuel pump. Refer to EM-176, "FUEL PUMP" .
● Before installing, make sure that spacer and the hole 6 mm
(0.24 in) in diameter on coupling are aligned.
4. Install chain guide and tension guides.
5. Install crankshaft sprocket, aligning it with crankshaft key on the
far side.
PBIC2498E
6. Install primary timing chain with fuel pump sprocket.

● When installing, match the matching marks on sprockets with
color coded matching marks (colored links) on primary timing
chain.
● Install fuel pump sprocket washer with the surface marked “F”
(front mark) facing the front of the engine.
7. Install timing chain onto power steering oil pump sprocket and
through chain guide.
MBIA0079E
8. Use the positioning stopper pin [SST] to hold the fuel pump
sprocket and install the bolt.
● Using the TORX wrench [SST], turn the fuel pump shaft little
by little to adjust the position of the fuel pump sprocket. Insert
positioning stopper pin into the hole 6 mm (0.24 in) in diame-
ter on fuel pump sprocket so that the stopper pin goes
through the fuel pump body. While the stopper pin is in place,
install the bolt.
MBIA0049E
EM-210
[YD22DDTi]
EM
PBIC2404E
D
9. Install slack guide.
10. Install chain tensioner.
E
● Push the plunger of the chain tensioner. While keeping
plunger pressed down with a push pin, etc., install chain ten-
sioner.
● After installation, pull out the push pin holding the plunger. F
CAUTION:
Make Sure again that the matching marks on sprockets and
the colored matching marks on timing chain are aligned. G
JEM134G
11. Install front oil seal to oil pump housing. H

● Using the suitable drift [62 mm (2.44 in) dia.], force fit the seal
until it hits the bottom.
CAUTION: I
Do not touch lips of oil seal. Make sure seal surfaces are
free of foreign materials.
J
JEM142G K
12. Install power steering oil pump cover to oil pump housing.
● Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser L
● Apply liquid gasket on oil pump-side surface.
M
JEM143G
13. Install oil pump housing as follows:
EM-211
[YD22DDTi]
a. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
A : Leave the start and end areas of the bead slightly
protruding from the surface.
B : Apply liquid gasket along upper end surface of oil
pump housing.
JEM144G
b. Install oil pump drive spacer to crankshaft.

● Install with the front mark (punched mark) facing the front of
the engine.
c. Install O-ring into the groove of rear chain case.
JEM145G
d. Install oil pump housing.

● When installing, align the inner rotor in the direction of the two facing flats of oil pump drive spacer.
● When installing, align the dowel pin with the pin hole.
e. Tighten fixing bolts in numerical order shown in the figure.

f. After tightening all the bolts, re-tighten in the same order.
JEM133G
14. Check gaps on upper oil pan mounting surface.

● Using straightedge and feeler gauge, measure gaps between
the locations of the following parts:
Oil pump housing and rear chain case:
Standard : – 0.09 to 0.09 mm (– 0.0035 to 0.0035 in)
Rear chain case and cylinder block:
Standard : – 0.19 to 0.07 mm (– 0.0075 to 0.0028 in)
● If the measured value is out of the standard, install again.
JEM146G
15. Install crankshaft pulley as follows:

a. Install crankshaft pulley, taking care not to damage front oil seal.
CAUTION:
Do not tap pulley on the side surface where belt is installed (outer circumference).
EM-212
[YD22DDTi]
b. Hold crankshaft pulley with the pulley holder (commercial ser-
vice tool). A
c. Apply engine oil onto threaded parts of crankshaft pulley bolt
and seating area.
d. Tighten crankshaft pulley fixing bolt. EM
: 24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb)
PBIC3469E
D
e. Put a matching mark (B) on crankshaft pulley that aligns with
one of the punched marks (C) on crankshaft pulley bolt.
f. Then turn crankshaft pulley bolt 60 degrees clockwise (turn by
E
one notch) (A).
G
PBIC4357E
16. Install secondary timing chain and the associated parts. Refer to EM-200, "INSTALLATION" .
H
17. Rotate crankshaft pulley in normal direction (clockwise when viewed from engine front) to check for inter-
ference among parts.
I
EM-213
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
CYLINDER HEAD PFP:11041
On-Vehicle Service BBS0016Y
CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE

1. Warm up engine thoroughly. Then, stop it.
2. Using CONSULT-II, make sure no error codes are indicated for self-diagnosis items. Refer to EC-1018,
"Basic Inspection" (WITH EURO-ODB) or EC-1487, "Basic Inspection" (WITHOUT EURO-ODB).
● Do not disconnect CONSULT-II until the end of this operation; it will be used to check engine rpm and
for error detection at the end of this operation.
3. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
4. Remove charge air cooler. Refer to EM-143, "Removal and Installation"
5. To prevent fuel from being injected during inspection, remove
fuel pump fuse [ENG CONT 2 (20A)] from fuse box on the left
side of engine room.
● Among marks on fuse box, [ENG CONT 2 (20A)] is for fuel
pump fuse.
6. Remove glow plugs from all the cylinders. Refer to EM-166,
CAUTION:
● Before removal, clean the surrounding area to prevent
entry of any foreign materials into engine.
PBIC0680E
● Carefully remove glow plugs to prevent any damage or
breakage.
● Handle with care to avoid applying any shock to glow plugs.
7. Install compression gauge adapter [SST] to installation holes of

glow plugs and connect compression gauge for diesel engine.
: 20 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)
8. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.
9. With accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn ignition switch to
“START” for cranking. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read
the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform these steps
to check each cylinder.
● Always use a fully-charged battery to obtain specified engine
SEM112G
speed.
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi)/rpm
Standard Minimum Difference limit between cylinders
2,991 (29.9, 30.5, 434)/200 2,452 (24.5, 25.0, 356)/200 490 (4.9, 5.0, 71)/200
●When engine rpm is out of the specified range, make sure the specific gravity of battery liquid. Measure
again under corrected conditions.
● If engine rpm exceeds the limit, check valve clearance and combustion chamber components (valves,
valve seats, cylinder head gaskets, piston rings, pistons, cylinder bores, cylinder block upper and lower
surfaces) and measure again.
● If compression pressure is low in some cylinders, apply engine oil from glow plug installation hole. Then
check pressure again.
– If compression pressure becomes normal after applying engine oil, piston ring may be worn or dam-
aged. Check piston ring for malfunction. If any, replace piston ring.
– If compression pressure is still low after applying engine oil, valve may be malfunctioning. Check valve
for malfunction. If contact malfunction is found, replace valve or valve seat.
● If compression pressure in adjacent two cylinders is low after applying engine oil, pressure may be
leaking from gasket. In this case, replace cylinder head gasket.
10. Complete this operation as follows:
EM-214
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
a. Turn the ignition switch to “OFF”.
b. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. A
c. Install glow plug and install all the parts removed in step 4.
d. Install fuel pump fuse [ENG CONT (20A)].
EM
e. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.
f. Using CONSULT-II make sure no DTC is indicated for items of self-diagnosis.
Removal and Installation BBS0016Z C
K
PBIC2437E
1. Glow plug 2. Cylinder head assembly 3. Cylinder head bolt

L
4. Copper washer 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. Gasket
7. Water outlet 8. Dowel pin 9. Cylinder gasket
10. Glow harness 11. Glow plate 12. Cap
M
REMOVAL
2. Remove the following:
● Charge air cooler (Refer to EM-143, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Rocker cover (Refer to EM-183, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Air cleaner and air duct (Refer to EM-141, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Vacuum pump (Refer to EM-167, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Spill tube and fuel injector (Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Intake manifold (Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Exhaust manifold and turbocharger (Refer to EM-154, "Removal and Installation" and EM-159,
"Removal and Installation" .)
● Secondary timing chain (Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Camshaft (Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation" .)
3. Remove cylinder head assembly.
EM-215
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
● Remove cylinder head bolts in reverse order as shown in the
figure with the cylinder head bolt wrench (commercial service
tool).
● Lift up cylinder head assembly to avoid interference with
dowel pins located between the cylinder block and cylinder
head, and remove cylinder head assembly.
CAUTION:
Remove glow plug in advance to avoid damage as the tip
of the glow plug projects from the bottom of cylinder
head, or, place wood blocks beneath both ends of cylin-
der head to keep the cylinder bottom from any contact. JEM149G
● For glow plug removal, the following shall be noted.
CAUTION:
● To avoid breakage, do not remove glow plug unless necessary.
● Perform continuity test with glow plug installed.
● Keep glow plug from any impact. [Replace if dropped from a height 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher.]
● Do not use air impact wrench.
4. Remove cylinder head gasket.

Cylinder Head Bolt Deformation
● Using micrometer, measure the outer diameters “d1” and “d2” of
bolt thread as shown in the figure.
● If the necking point can be identified, set it as measuring point
“d1”.
● Calculate the difference between “d1” and “d2”.
Limit : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head bolt.
JEM171G
Cylinder Head Distortion

NOTE:
When performing this inspection, cylinder block distortion should be also checked. Refer to EM-253, "CYLIN-
DER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION" .
1. Wipe off oil and remove water scale (like deposit), gasket, sealer, carbon, etc. with scraper.
CAUTION:
Use utmost care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for oil or water.
2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head,
measure distortion in six directions.
Limit : 0.1mm (0.004 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head.
SEM496G
EM-216
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
Cylinder head- to- block Difference Check
● After installing cylinder head, measure dimension from the front A
end surface of cylinder block to that of cylinder head.
Standard : 23.53 - 24.07 mm (0.9264 - 0.9476 in)
EM
● If out of the standard, check fitting of dowel pins and cylinder
head.
C
JEM172G
D
INSTALLATION
Before installation, remove old liquid gasket from mating surface of all liquid gasket applied parts. E
1. Install cylinder head gasket.
● Cylinder head gasket to be installed is selected by its thickness through the following procedure.
– When replacing gasket alone F

• Install a gasket with same thickness as that of the one removed.
• Identify the thickness of gasket by the number of cut-outs on
the rear right side. G
Gasket thickness* mm (in) Number of grade Number of cut-outs

0.900 (0.0354) 1 0 H
0.925 (0.0364) 2 1
0.950 (0.0374) 3 2
0.975 (0.0384) 4 3 I
1.000 (0.0394) 5 4
MBIA0020E
1.025 (0.0404) 6 5
J
*: Measured with head bolts tightened
• Gasket thickness can be identified at the location shown in
the figure by the numbers of cut-outs (A) before removal. K
1. : Vacuum pump
2. : Camshaft position sensor
L
– When the following parts have been repaired/replaced:
● With cylinder block upper surface and/or crankshaft pin jour-
nal ground
M
● With cylinder block, pistons, connecting rods, and/or crank-
shaft replaced
PBIC4327E
a. Set piston at a point close to TDC.
b. Set the dial indicator (A) at the location (B) as shown in the fig-
ure. Turning crankshaft gradually, set the indicator scale to “0”
where the piston protrusion is maximized.
C. : Front mark
: Engine front
c. Move the dial indicator stand so that the tip of dial indicator can
contact cylinder block. Read the difference.
d. Measure two points from each cylinder in order to obtain each
mean value of them. Choose a properly thick gasket corre-
sponding the highest number of the four values. PBIC4328E
EM-217
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
Identification
Piston protrusion mm (in) Gasket thickness* mm (in)
Number of cut-outs
0.230 - 0.255 (0.0091 - 0.0100) 0.900 (0.0354) 0
0.255 - 0.280 (0.0100 - 0.0110) 0.925 (0.0364) 1
0.280 - 0.305 (0.0110 - 0.0120) 0.950 (0.0374) 2
0.305 - 0.330 (0.0120 - 0.0130) 0.975 (0.0384) 3
0.330 - 0.355 (0.0130 - 0.0140) 1.000 (0.0394) 4
0.355 - 0.400 (0.0140 - 0.0157) 1.025 (0.0404) 5
*: Measured with head bolts tightened
e. If out of above protrusion, check replaced parts.
2. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with the tube presser
A : Apply bead so that it does not protrude into oil pas-
sage.
B : Minimize the overlapping area of the bead, with
start and end areas of bead as shown in the figure.
* : Comes at an external location but cannot be viewed
externally after engine is assembled.
PBIC1256E
3. Install cylinder head assembly.

a. Apply engine oil to bolt threads and seat surfaces.
b. Tighten all bolts in numerical order as shown.
: 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)
JEM149G
c. Tighten 180 degrees in numerical order as shown (angle tight-

ening).
d. Loosen completely in reverse order of that shown in the figure.
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb)

e. Tighten all bolts in numerical order as shown.
:39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb)

f. Tighten 90 degrees in numerical order as shown (angle tighten-
ing). JEM166G
g. Tighten another 90 degrees in numerical order as shown (angle

tightening).
CAUTION:
● When the angle wrench [SST] is not used, paint a matching mark on the head of cylinder head
bolt and cylinder head surface before tightening. Check the angle with a protractor.
4. Install glow plug.
CAUTION:
● To avoid damage, glow plugs should be removed only when required.
EM-218
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
● Handle with care to avoid applying shock. When dropped from approx. 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher,
always replace with a new one. A
● Before installing, remove carbon depositing on mounting hole of glow plug with a reamer.

EM
The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak and exhaust gases leak. C
● Before starting engine, bleed air from fuel piping. Refer to FL-19, "Air Bleeding" . D
including engine oil and engine coolant. E
specified level, if necessary. F
G
Engine oil Level Leakage Level (*1)
Other oils and fluid (*2) Level Leakage Level H
I
*1: Check engine oil level 10 minutes after engine stopped.
*2: Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc.
EM-219
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
Disassembly and Assembly BBS00170
PBIC2328E
1. Adjusting shim 2. Valve lifter 3. Valve collet

4. Valve spring retainer 5. Valve spring 6. Valve oil seal
7. Valve spring seat 8. Valve guide 9. Cylinder head
10. Valve seat 11. Valve (Exhaust) 12. Valve (Intake)
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove adjusting shims and valve lifters.
● Check the installation positions, and keep them to avoid being confused.

● Using the valve spring compressor, attachment and adapter
[SST], compress valve spring. Using magnet hand, remove
valve collets.
PBIC2388E
3. Remove valve spring retainers and valve springs.

4. Remove valves as pressing valve stems toward combustion chamber.
● Before removing valve, check the valve guide clearance. Refer to EM-222, "Valve Guide Clearance" .
EM-220
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
NOTE:
Refer to the figure for intake and exhaust valve positions. A
Intake and exhaust valve driving cams are provided alter-
nately for each camshaft.
EM
SBIA0196E D
5. Remove valve oil seals using the valve oil seal puller [SST].
E
JEM153G
H
6. Remove valve spring seats.
7. When removing valve seats must be replaced. Refer to EM-224, "Valve Seat Replacement" .
8. When removing valve guides must be replaced. Refer to EM-223, "Valve Guide Replacement" . I
ASSEMBLY
1. Install valve guides if removed. Refer to EM-223, "Valve Guide Replacement" .
2. Install valve seats if removed. Refer to EM-224, "Valve Seat Replacement" . J
3. Using the valve oil seal drift [SST], install valve oil seals referring
to the dimension shown in the figure.
K
M
JEM165G
4. Install valve spring seats.

5. Install valves.
● Install larger diameter to intake valve side.
● Note that valve layout here is different from that of conven-

tional engine.
SBIA0196E
6. Install valve spring.
EM-221
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
7. Install valve spring retainers.
8. Using the valve spring compressor, attachment and adapter
[SST], compress valve springs.
Then install valve collets using magnet hand.
● After installing valve collets, tap the stem end using the plastic
hammer, and check the installation status.
PBIC2388E
9. Install valve lifters and adjusting shims to the same positions as before.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Valve Dimension
● Check dimensions of each valve. For dimensions, refer to EM-
263, "Valve Dimensions" .
● If dimensions are out of the standard, replace valve.
SEM188A
Valve Guide Clearance

VALVE STEM DIAMETER
● Measure diameter of valve stem with micrometer.
Standard
Intake : 5.965 - 5.980 mm (0.2348 - 0.2354 in)
Exhaust : 5.945 - 5.960 mm (0.2341 - 0.2346 in)
SEM938C
VALVE GUIDE INNER DIAMETER

● Measure inner diameter of valve guide with bore gauge.
Standard
Intake and Exhaust : 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 - 0.2369 in)
VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE
● (Valve guide clearance) = (Valve guide inner diameter) – (Valve stem diameter).
Valve guide clearance:
Standard
Intake : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in)
Exhaust : 0.040 - 0.073 mm (0.0016 - 0.0029 in)
Limit
EM-222
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
Intake : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in)
A
Exhaust : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace valve and/or valve guide.
Valve Guide Replacement EM
When removing valve guide, replace it with oversized [0.2 mm (0.0008 in)] valve guide.
heated oil. C
SEM008A
F
2. Using the valve guide drift (commercial service tool), tap valve
guides out from the combustion chamber side.
CAUTION: G
H
I
SEM931C
3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole with the valve guide J
reamer (commercial service tool).
Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts)
Intake and Exhaust: K
10.175 - 10.196 mm (0.4006 - 0.4014 in)
SEM932C M
heated oil.
SEM008A
EM-223
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
5. Using the valve guide drift (commercial service tool), press fit
valve guides from camshaft side, referring to the dimension
Projection length “H” : 10.4 - 10.6 mm (0.409 - 0.417 in)
CAUTION:
PBIC2187E
6. Using the valve guide reamer (commercial service tool), perform

reaming to the press-fitted valve guides.
Standard
Intake and Exhaust:
6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 - 0.2369 in)
SEM932C
Valve Seat Contact

● Before starting this check, confirm that the dimension of valve
guide and valves are as specified.
● Apply red lead primer on contacting surfaces of valves seat and
of valve face to examine the conditions of contacting surfaces.
● Make sure that the paint on contacting surfaces is continuous
along the entire circumference.
● If there are malfunction indications, grind the valve and check
the contact again. If malfunction indications still persist, replace
valve seat. Refer to EM-224, "Valve Seat Replacement" .
SBIA0322E
Valve Seat Replacement

When removing valve seat, replace it with oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat.
1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess
in cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. Refer to EM-265, "Valve Seat" .
2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat.
Oversize [0.5 mm (0.020 in)]:
Intake : 30.500 - 30.516 mm (1.2008 - 1.2014 in)
Exhaust : 29.500 - 29.516 mm (1.1614 - 1.1620 in)
● Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center.
● This will enable valve seat to fit correctly.
SEM795A
EM-224
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
3. Heat cylinder head to approximately 110 to 130°C (230 to
266°F) by soaking in heated oil. A
EM
SEM008A
D
4. After cooling valve seats sufficiently with dry ice, press fit it to cylinder head.
CAUTION:
● Do not touch the cooled valve seats directly by hand. E
● Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned.
5. Using the valve seat cutter set (commercial service tool), finish
F
processing referring to the dimensions shown in the figure.
Refer to EM-265, "Valve Seat" .
CAUTION:
When using the valve seat cutter set, grasp cutter handle G
with both hands, press cutter onto contacting face all
around, and cut thoroughly. If cutter is pressed unevenly or
repeatedly, the valve seat surface may be damaged. H
SEM934C
I
6. Using compound, perform valve fitting.
7. Make sure again that contacting status is satisfactory.
For details, Refer to EM-224, "Valve Seat Contact" . J
8. Use the depth gauge to measure the distance between the

mounting surface of cylinder head spring seat and the valve K
stem end. If the distance is shorter than specified, repeat step 5
above to adjust it. If it is longer, replace valve seat with a new
one.
L
Valve seat resurface limit “L”:
Intake : 36.53 - 36.98 mm (1.4382 - 1.4559 in)
Exhaust : 36.53 - 37.01 mm (1.4382 - 1.4571 in) M
JEM253G
Valve Spring Square

● Position the try square to valve spring, turn the spring, and mea-
sure the maximum clearance value between top surface of
spring and the try square.
Limit : 1.9 mm (0.075 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace valve spring.
PBIC0080E
EM-225
CYLINDER HEAD
[YD22DDTi]
Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load
● Using valve spring tester, check the following.
Standard:
Free height : 43.7 mm (1.720 in)
Installation height : 32.82 mm (1.2921 in)
Installation load : 184 - 208 N
(18.77 - 21.22 kg, 41.4 - 46.8 lb)
Height during : 24.82 mm (0.9772 in)
valve open
Load with valve : 320 - 360 N SEM113
open (32.65 - 36.73 kg, 71.9 - 80.9 lb)

● If out of the standard, replace the valve spring.
EM-226
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
ENGINE ASSEMBLY PFP:10001
A
Removal and Installation (2WD Models) BBS00171
EM
PBIC3901E
1. Rear engine mounting insulator 2. Rubber seat 3. Rear engine mounting bracket J
4. RH engine mounting insulator 5. RH engine mounting bracket 6. Front engine mounting bracket
7. Front engine mounting insulator 8. Grommet 9. Center member
10. LH engine mounting insulator 11. Stopper 12. LH engine mounting bracket K
WARNING:
L
● For engines not equipped with engine slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts described in
PARTS CATALOG.
M
CAUTION:
● Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations.
● If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, refer to the applicable
sections.
Safety Stand" .
EM-227
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
REMOVAL
Description of work
Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle downward. Separate engine and transaxle.
Preparation
2. Drain engine coolant from radiator drain plug. Refer to CO-32, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
● LH and RH engine undercover
● LH and RH front wheels
● Drive belts; Refer to EM-139, "DRIVE BELTS" .
● Alternator; Refer to SC-17, "Removal and Installation" .
● Radiator assembly; Refer to CO-35, "RADIATOR" .
● Charge air cooler; Refer to EM-143, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .
Engine room LH
1. Disconnect fuel hose, and plug it to prevent fuel from draining. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
2. Disconnect heater hose, and install plug it to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to EM-145,
"INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
3. Remove clutch operating cylinder from transaxle, and move it aside. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY" and CL-12, "OPERATING CYLINDER" .
4. Disconnect shift cable from transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "CONTROL LINKAGE" .
Engine room RH
2. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from engine. Temporarily secure it on body with a rope to
avoid putting load on it. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
Vehicle underbody
2. Disconnect power steering fluid cooler piping at a point between body and engine. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
3. Remove front wheel sensor (LH and RH) for ABS from brake caliper. Refer to BRC-41, "WHEEL SEN-
SORS" (ABS), BRC-107, "WHEEL SENSORS" (ESP/TCS/ABS).
4. Remove brake caliper with piping connected from steering knuckle. Temporarily secure it on body with a
rope to avoid load on it. Refer to BR-25, "FRONT DISC BRAKE" .
5. Remove drive shaft (LH and RH) from steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-11, "FRONT DRIVE SHAFT" .
6. Preparation for the separation work of transaxle as follows:
a. Remove crankshaft position sensor from transmission. Refer toEM-161, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .
b. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (lower) rear side. Refer to EM-161, "OIL PAN AND
OIL STRAINER" .
EM-228
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
Removal
1. Install engine slingers into front right of cylinder head and rear A
left of cylinder head.
Slinger bolts:
EM
: 33.5 N·m (3.4 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
SBIA0191E
D
2. Lift with hoist and secure engine in position.
3. Use the manual lift table caddy (commercial service tool) or E

equivalently rigid tool such as a jack or trestle. Securely support
tension. F
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting
surface, secure a completely stable condition. G
H
KBIA0256E

5. Pull LH engine mounting through-bolt out. I
6. Remove center member.
PBIC2188E
L
7. Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle downward by carefully operating supporting tools.
CAUTION:
● During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with vehicle side. M

9. Separate engine and transaxle and transfer assembly. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" .
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
● Do not allow engine oil to get on mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage mounting insulator.
to figure of components. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
EM-229
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
● Before starting engine, bleed air from fuel piping. Refer to FL-19, "Air Bleeding" .
Other oils and fluid (*2) Level Leakage Level
EM-230
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
Removal and Installation (4WD Models) BBS00172
EM
I
PBIC3902E
1. Rear engine mounting insulator 2. Rear engine mounting bracket 3. RH engine mounting insulator
4. RH engine mounting bracket 5. Front engine mounting bracket 6. Front engine mounting insulator
J
7. Grommet 8. Center member 9. LH engine mounting insulator
10. Stopper 11. LH engine mounting bracket
WARNING: K
● For engines not equipped with engine slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts described in L
PARTS CATALOG.
CAUTION:
● Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations. M
● If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, refer to the applicable
sections.
Safety Stand" .
EM-231
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
REMOVAL
Description of work
Remove engine, transaxle and transfer assembly with front suspension member from vehicle downward. Sep-
arate suspension member, and then separate engine and transaxle.
Preparation
2. Drain engine coolant from radiator drain plug. Refer to CO-32, "DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT" .
● LH and RH engine undercover
● LH and RH front wheels
● Drive belts; Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation" .
● Air duct and air cleaner case assembly; Refer to EM-141, "Removal and Installation" .
● Alternator; Refer to SC-17, "Removal and Installation" .
● Radiator and cooling fan assembly; Refer to CO-35, "Removal and Installation" and CO-38, "COOL-
ING FAN" .
● Charge air cooler; Refer to EM-143, "CHARGE AIR COOLER" .
Engine room LH
1. Disconnect fuel hose, and plug it to prevent fuel from draining. Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
2. Disconnect heater hose, and install plug it to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to EM-145,
"INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
3. Remove clutch operating cylinder from transaxle, and move it aside. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY" and CL-12, "OPERATING CYLINDER" .
4. Disconnect shift cable from transaxle. Refer to MT-16, "CONTROL LINKAGE" .
Engine room RH
2. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from engine. Temporarily secure it on body with a rope to
avoid putting load on it. Refer to ATC-142, "Removal and Installation of Compressor" .
Vehicle underbody
1. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-2, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove steering shaft from steering gear. Refer to PS-11, "STEERING COLUMN" .
4. Disconnect power steering fluid cooler piping at a point between body and engine. Refer to PS-37,
"HYDRAULIC LINE" .
5. Remove front wheel sensor (LH and RH) for ABS from brake caliper. Refer to BRC-41, "WHEEL SEN-
SORS" (ABS), BRC-107, "WHEEL SENSORS" (ESP/TCS/ABS).
6. Remove brake caliper with piping connected from steering knuckle. Temporarily secure it on body with a
rope to avoid load on it. Refer to BR-25, "FRONT DISC BRAKE" .
7. Remove lower ends of LH and RH strut from steering knuckle. Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUSPENSION
ASSEMBLY" .
8. Preparation for the separation work of transaxle as follows:
a. Remove crankshaft position sensor from transmission. Refer toEM-161, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .
b. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan lower rear side. Refer to EM-161, "OIL PAN AND OIL
STRAINER" .
EM-232
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
Removal
1. Install engine slingers into front right of cylinder head and rear A
left of cylinder head.
Slinger bolts:
EM
: 33.5 N·m (3.4 kg-m, 25 ft-lb)
SBIA0191E
D
2. Lift with hoist and secure engine in position.
3. Use the manual lift table caddy (commercial service tool) or E

equivalently rigid tool such as a jack or trestle. Securely support
tension. F
CAUTION:
Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting
surface, secure a completely stable condition. G
H
KBIA0256E

5. Pull LH engine mounting through-bolt out. I
PBIC2188E
L
6. Remove mounting bolts at front end of center member.
7. Remove front suspension member mounting bolts and nuts.
Refer to FSU-5, "FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY" . M
KBIA0270E
8. Remove engine, transaxle and transfer assembly with suspension member and center member from vehi-
cle downward by carefully operating supporting tools.
CAUTION:
● During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with body side.
EM-233
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
[YD22DDTi]
9. Remove power steering oil pump with piping connected from engine. Move it aside on suspension mem-
ber. Refer to PS-37, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .
10. Remove front engine mounting and rear engine mounting through-bolts to remove suspension member.
12. Separate engine and transaxle and transfer assembly. Refer to MT-19, "TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY" .
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
● Do not allow engine oil to get on mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage mounting insulator.
to figure of components. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
● Before starting engine, bleed air from fuel piping. Refer to FL-19, "Air Bleeding" .
Other oils and fluid (*2) Level Leakage Level
EM-234
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
CYLINDER BLOCK PFP:11010
A
Disassembly and Assembly BBS00173
EM
PBIC4396E
EM-235
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
1. Fuel pump bracket 2. Oil level gauge guide 3. Oil jet
4. Thrust bearing 5. Washer 6. Oil jet relief valve
7. Drain plug 8. Rear oil seal 9. Rear oil seal retainer
10. Cylinder block 11. Oil pressure switch 12. Top ring
13. Second ring 14. Oil ring 15. Piston pin
16. Snap ring 17. Connecting rod bearing 18. Connecting rod cap
19. Connecting rod nut 20. Main bearing lower 21. Crankshaft
22. Key 23. Main bearing upper 24. Piston
25. Connecting rod 26. Pilot bushing 27. Flywheel
28. Main bearing cap 29. Main bearing cap bolt
A. Refer to EM-235 .

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove engine, transaxle and transfer assembly from the vehicle, then separate engine and transaxle
and transfer assembly. Refer to EM-227, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
2. Remove clutch cover and disk. Refer to CL-16, "CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL" .
3. Remove flywheel.
● Secure ring gear with the ring gear stopper [SST], then loosen
mounting bolts with TORX socket (size: T55, Commercial
Service Tools) and remove them. As an alternative method
hold crankshaft pulley with the pulley holder [SST:
KV10109300] to remove flywheel.
CAUTION:
● Do not disassemble flywheel.
● Do not place flywheel with signal plate facing down.
● When handling signal plate, take care not to damage or

scratch it.
PBIC2406E
● Handle signal plate in a manner that prevents it from
becoming magnetized.
4. If it needs to be replaced, replace pilot bushing.

● Using the pilot bushing puller [SST], remove the pilot bushing
from rear end of crankshaft.
PBIC2588E
5. Hoist engine and install it to the engine stand (commercial ser-

vice tool).
CAUTION:
Use an engine stand that has a load capacity [230kg (507
pound) or more] large enough for supporting the engine
weight.
NOTE:
The figure shows an example of general-purpose engine stand
that can hold mating surface of transmission with drive plate and
rear plate removed.
PBIC0085E
EM-236
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
7. Drain engine coolant by removing drain plug (1) from inside of
engine. A
: Engine front
EM
PBIC4392E
D
8. Remove the following parts and related parts. (Only major parts are listed.)
● Intake manifold (Refer to EM-145, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .)
● Exhaust manifold and turbocharger (Refer to EM-154, "Removal and Installation" and EM-159, E
"Removal and Installation" .)
● Rocker cover (Refer to EM-183, "ROCKER COVER" .)
● Fuel injector (Refer to EM-171, "Removal and Installation" .) F

● Oil pan and oil strainer (Refer to EM-161, "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" .)
● Water pump (Refer to CO-44, "WATER PUMP" .)

G
● Thermostat and water piping (Refer to CO-46, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .)
● Vacuum pump (Refer to EM-167, "VACUUM PUMP" .)
● Secondary timing chain (Refer to EM-198, "Removal and Installation" .)

H
● Primary timing chain (Refer to EM-203, "PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN" .)
● Fuel pump (Refer toEM-176, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Camshaft (Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation" .) I

● Cylinder head (Refer to EM-215, "Removal and Installation" .)
● Oil cooler (Refer to LU-28, "OIL COOLER" .)
● Accessory, accessory bracket and mount brackets

J
9. Remove fuel pump bracket.
10. Remove rear oil seal retainer.
K
● Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver between main bearing cap and rear oil seal retainer to remove retainer.
11. Remove rear oil seal from rear oil seal retainer.
● Punch out with a flat-bladed screwdriver. L
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage rear oil seal retainer.
12. Remove piston and connecting rod assembly as follows: M
● Before removing piston and connecting rod assembly, check connecting rod side clearance. Refer to
EM-250, "CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE" .
a. Move crankshaft pin to be removed to approximately BDC.
b. Remove connecting rod caps.
c. Using the grip of a hammer, press the piston and connecting rod
assembly out to cylinder head side.
JEM195G
EM-237
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
CAUTION:
● When removing piston and connecting rod assembly,
prevent the big end of connecting rod from interfering
with oil jet.
● Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft
pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod
big end.
PBIC2232E
13. Remove connecting rod bearings from connecting rods and caps.
● Keep them by cylinder to avoid confusion.
14. Remove piston rings from pistons using the piston ring expander
(commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
● When removing, prevent pistons from being damaged.
● Do not expand piston rings excessively. This may dam-

age piston rings.
JEM196G
15. Remove pistons from connecting rods as follows:

a. Using the snap ring pliers, remove snap rings.
JEM197G
b. Using the industrial use dryer, heat pistons up to 60 to 70°C (140

to 158°F).
PBIC0089E
EM-238
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
c. Using rod with outer diameter of 26 mm (1.02 in), press piston
pins out. A
EM
EMM0072D
D
16. Remove main bearing cap bolts.
● With a TORX socket (size: E14, Commercial Service Tool),
loosen main bearing cap bolts in several stages in reverse E
order of that shown in the figure and remove them.
● Before loosening main bearing cap bolts, measure crankshaft
end play. Refer to EM-249, "CRANKSHAFT END PLAY" .
F
G
JEM200G
17. Remove main bearing caps. H

● Using main bearing cap bolts, remove by rocking bearing cap
back and forth.
I
JEM201G
K
18. Remove crankshaft.
19. Remove main bearings and thrust bearings from cylinder block and main bearing caps.
L
CAUTION:
Check the correct installation locations of removed parts. Store them so they do not get mixed up.
20. Remove oil jet.
M
21. Remove oil jet relief valve.
ASSEMBLY
1. Blow air sufficiently to inside engine coolant passage, engine oil passage, crankcase and cylinder bore to
remove foreign matter.
CAUTION:
Use a goggles to protect your eye.
EM-239
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
2. Install drain plug (1) to cylinder block.
: Engine front
● Apply liquid gasket.

: 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb)
PBIC4392E
3. Install oil jet relief valve.

4. Install oil jet.
● Align knock pin on back of oil jet with hole on block when
installing oil jet.
PBIC0389E
5. Install main bearings and thrust bearings as follows:

a. Remove contamination, dust and engine oil from bearing mount-
ing positions on cylinder block and main bearing caps.
b. Install thrust bearings on both sides of No. 3 housing on cylinder
block.
● Install thrust bearings with face oil groove facing to crankshaft
arm (outside).
JEM224G
c. Being careful with the direction, install main bearings.

● Install main bearings with the oil holes and grooves onto the
cylinder block side, and those without oil holes and grooves
onto the main cap side.
● While installing bearings, apply engine oil to bearing surfaces
(inside). Do not apply engine oil to rear surfaces, but clean
them completely.
● Align stopper notches on bearings to install them.
● Make sure that the oil holes on the cylinder block body are
mated with the oil hole positions on the bearings. JEM213G
6. Install crankshaft to cylinder block.
● Make sure crankshaft rotates smoothly by hand.
EM-240
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
7. Install main bearing caps.
● Identify main bearing caps by the punched mark. Install cor- A
rectly matching the journal No. on the bearing cap and the
journal with the front mark facing forward.
● Main bearing caps are commonly processed with the cylinder EM
block. Therefore, caps and cylinder block should be replaced
as a set.
C
JEM225G
D
8. Check the main bearing cap bolts for deformation. Refer to EM-258, "MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT
DEFORMATION" .
E
9. With the TORX socket (size: E14, commercial service tool),
tighten the main bearing cap bolts according to the following
procedure:
a. Apply engine oil to the threaded part and seat surface of each F
bolt.
b. Tighten all bolts in numerical order shown in the figure.
G
: 27 N·m (2.8 kg-m, 20 ft-lb)
c. Put matching marks (with paint) on each bolt and the main bear-
ing cap, all in the same direction. (When using a protractor) H
JEM200G
d. Then, tighten 90 degrees. (angle tightening)

CAUTION: I
Always use either the angle wrench [SST] or protractor dur-
ing angle tightening. Avoid tightening based on visual
checks alone. J
● After tightening bolts to specified torque, make sure that
crankshaft rotates smoothly.
● Check crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-249, "CRANKSHAFT K
END PLAY" .
10. Check the outer diameter of connecting rod bolts. Refer to EM- JEM226G
258, "CONNECTING ROD BOLT DEFORMATION" . L
11. Install piston to connecting rod.
a. Using the snap ring pliers, install snap rings to groove on piston rear side.
● Fit snap ring correctly into grooves. M
b. Install pistons to connecting rods.
● Using the industrial use drier, heat pistons up to approx. 60 to
70°C (140 to 158°F) until piston pin can be pressed down by
finger touch. Then insert piston pin into piston and connecting
rod from front side of piston toward rear.
PBIC0089E
EM-241
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
● Assemble piston and connecting rod with front mark of piston
head and cylinder No. stamped on connecting rod being posi-
tioned as shown in the figure.
c. Install snap ring to front side of piston.
● Refer to above step a for precaution on snap ring installation.
● After installation, check connecting rods for smooth move-

ment.
MBIA0024E
12. Use the piston ring expander (commercial service tool) to install piston rings.
CAUTION:
When installing, prevent piston from being damaged.
● Install top ring and second ring with punched mark surfaces
facing upward.
Punched mark:
Top ring : RTop
Second ring : R2nd
● Install rings so that three closed gap position 120 degrees
apart one another.
● Closed gaps do not need to face in a specific directions, as
long as each are positioned 120 degrees apart. JEM228G
13. Install connecting rod bearing to connecting rod and cap.

● While installing connecting rod bearing, apply engine oil to
bearing surfaces (inside). Do not apply engine oil to rear sur-
faces, but clean them completely.
● Align protrusions on connecting rod bearings with connecting
rod cut-outs to install connecting rod bearings.
JEM229G
14. Install piston and connecting rod assembly to crankshaft.

● Move crankshaft pin to be assembled to BDC.
● Align cylinder position with cylinder No. on connecting rod to

install piston and connecting rod assembly.
● Apply engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston and
crankshaft pin.
● Using the piston ring compressor [SST] or suitable tool, install
piston and connecting rod assembly with front mark on piston
head facing toward the front side of engine.
CAUTION: PBIC1619E
● When removing piston and connecting rod assembly,
prevent the big end of connecting rod from interfering with oil jet.
● Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft pin, resulting from an interference
of the connecting rod big end.
EM-242
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
15. Install connecting rod caps and mounting nuts.
● Align cylinder No. stamped on connecting rod with that on cap A
to install connecting rod cap.
● Make sure that the front mark on connecting rod cap faces
towards the front of the engine. EM
MBIA0024E
D
16. Tighten connecting rod nuts according to the following procedure:
a. Apply engine oil on bolt threads and seat surface of nuts.
b. Tighten bolts. E
: 29.4 N·m (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)
c. Loosen completely. F
: 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 in-lb)
d. Tighten bolts. G
: 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb)
e. Tighten 120 degrees. (angle tightening) H
● Always use either the angle wrench [SST] or protractor
during angle tightening. Avoid tightening based on visual
checks alone.
I
● After tightening nuts, make sure that crankshaft rotates
smoothly.
● Check connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-250,
J
"CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE" .
JEM231G K
17. Press fit rear oil seal into rear oil seal retainer.
● Using the drift [105 mm (4.13 in) dia.], press fit so that the
L
dimension is as specified in the figure.
● Avoid inclined fitting. Force fit perpendicularly.
JEM232G
EM-243
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
18. Install rear oil seal retainer to cylinder block.
● Apply new engine oil to the oil and dust seal lips.
● Apply liquid gasket to rear oil seal retainer using the tube
presser [SST: WS39930000] as shown in the figure.
JEM233G
19. Press fit pilot bush into crankshaft.

● Using the drift with outer diameter of 19 mm (0.75 in), press fit
pilot bush until it stops.
JEM234G
20. Install fuel pump bracket.

● Align the bracket with the dowel pins on cylinder block to
install.
● The two bolts used for dowel pins have a longer shanks than
the other two.
PBIC2329E
21. Install parts to engine in the reverse order of disassembly.

22. Remove engine from engine stand in the reverse order of assembly.
23. Install flywheel.

● When installing flywheel to crankshaft, be sure to correctly
align crankshaft side dowel pin and flywheel side dowel pin
hole.
CAUTION:
● Make sure that dowel pin is installed at the rear end of
crankshaft.
● If these are not aligned correctly, engine runs roughly
and “MI” turns on.
PBIC2538E
EM-244
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
● There is a matching mark on the clutch cover side, Refer it
during installation. A
EM
PBIC2495E
D
● Holding ring gear with the ring stopper [SST], tighten securing
bolts with TORX bit (size: T55, Commercial Service Tool).
● Tighten bolts uniformly in a crisscross manner. E
● Apply engine oil to bolt threads and seat surfaces.
G
PBIC2406E
How to Select Piston and Bearing BBS00174

H
DESCRIPTION
Selection points Selection parts Selection items Selection methods
Determined by match of cylin- I
der block bearing housing
Between cylinder block to Main bearing grade (bearing grade (inner diameter of hous-
Main bearing
crankshaft thickness) ing) and crankshaft main jour-
nal grade (outer diameter of J
main journal)
Combining service grades for
Between crankshaft to connect- Connecting rod bearing grade
connecting rod big end diame- K
Connecting rod bearing ter and crankshaft pin journal
ing rod (bearing thickness)
diameter determine connecting
rod bearing selection.
L
Piston and piston pin assembly
Between cylinder block to pis- Piston grade (piston skirt diam- Piston grade = cylinder bore
The piston is available together
ton eter) grade (inner diameter of bore)
with piston pin as an assembly.
M
● The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition.
This grade cannot apply to reused parts.
● For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the
measurement with the values of each selection table.
● For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards and the selection method of the
selective fitting parts, refer to the text.
EM-245
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
HOW TO SELECT PISTON
When Using New Cylinder Block
1. Identify the cylinder bore grade (No. 1, 2, or 3) on LH surface at
the rear of cylinder block.
● The part No. of piston is specified together with piston pin as
an assembly.
PBIC2589E
MBIA0025E
When Re-using Old Cylinder Block

1. Measure cylinder bore inner diameter. Refer to EM-254, "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter" .
2. Referring to “Cylinder bore inner diameter” in “Piston Selection Table”, determine the bore grade.
Piston Selection Table
Unit: mm (in)
Grade (punched) 1 2 3
Cylinder bore
86.000 - 86.010 (3.3858 - 3.3862) 86.010 - 86.020 (3.3862 - 3.3866) 86.020 - 86.030 (3.3866 - 3.3870)
inner diameter
Piston skirt diam-
85.928 - 85.942 (3.3830 - 3.3835) 85.938 - 85.952 (3.3834 - 3.3839) 85.948 - 85.962 (3.3838 - 3.3843)
eter
NOTE:
Piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.
HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING
When Using New Crankshaft and Connecting Rod
1. Identify the pin journal diameter grade (No. 0, 1, or 2) on front
surface of crankshaft.
2. Select connecting rod bearings of the same grade.
NOTE:
There is no grading for the inner diameter of the big end of the
connecting rod.
PBIC2590E
EM-246
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
When Re-using the Removed Crankshaft and Connecting Rod
1. Measure the inner diameter of the big end of connecting rod and make sure it is within the specified A
range. Refer to EM-252, "CONNECTING ROD BIG END INNER DIAMETER" .
2. Measure the outer diameter of the crankshaft pin journal. Refer to EM-255, "CRANKSHAFT PIN JOUR-
NAL DIAMETER" . EM
3. Determine the crankshaft pin journal grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the col-
umn “Crankshaft pin journal diameter” in “Selection Table of connecting Rod Bearing”.
4. Choose bearings of the same grade. C
Selection Table of connecting Rod Bearing
Unit: mm (in)
D
Connecting rod big end inner diameter 55.000 - 55.013 (2.1654 - 2.1659)
Unit: mm (in)
Crankshaft pin journal diameter Grade (Mark) Dimension (Bearing thickness range) Bearing grade No. Color E
51.968 - 51.974 (2.0460 - 2.0462) 0 1.492 - 1.496 (0.0587 - 0.0589) STD 0 Black
51.961 - 51.968 (2.0457 - 2.0460) 1 1.496 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) STD 1 Brown
F
51.954 - 51.961 (2.0454 - 2.0457) 2 1.500 - 1.504 (0.0591 - 0.0592) STD 2 Green
Undersize Bearing Usage

● If bearing clearance is out of the specifications for connecting rod bearings in standard size, use under- H
size bearings.
● When using undersize bearings, measure bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind crank-
shaft pins to adjust clearance to specification. I
Connecting Rod Bearing Undersize List

Unit: mm (in) J
Size Thickness
US 0.08 (0.0031) 1.536 - 1.540 (0.0605 - 0.0606)
K
US 0.12 (0.0047) 1.556 - 1.560 (0.0613 - 0.0614)
US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.621 - 1.625 (0.0638 - 0.0640)
L
CAUTION:
When grinding the crankshaft pin journal to use an undersize
bearing, avoid damaging the fillet R.
M
Standard dimension R : 1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.0591 - 0.0669 in)
PBIC2200E
EM-247
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING
When Using New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft
1. Identify the main bearing housing grade (No. 0, 1, or 2) on LH
surface at the rear of the cylinder block, and locate the applica-
ble grade on the “Grade” row in the “Main Bearing Grade Table”.
PBIC2589E
2. Identify the main journal grade (No. 0, 1, or 2) on the front sur-

face of crankshaft, and locate the applicable grade under the
“Grade” column in the “Main Bearing Grade Table”.
PBIC2590E
3. The main bearing to be used (STD 0 to STD 4) can be located in the cell where the row and column cross.
When Re-using Removed Cylinder Block and Crankshaft
1. Measure the inner diameter of cylinder block main bearing housing. Refer to EM-253, "MAIN BEARING
HOUSING INNER DIAMETER" .
2. Locate the applicable cell where the measurement falls, on “Inner diameter of Cylinder block main bearing
housing” row in the “Main Bearing Grade Table”.
3. Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft main journal. Refer to EM-255, "CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOUR-
NAL DIAMETER" .
4. Locate the applicable cell where the measurement falls, under “Crankshaft main journal diameter” column
in the “Main Bearing Grade Table”.
5. The main bearing to be used (STD 0 to STD 4) can be located in the cell where the row and column cross.
Main Bearing Grade Table
Unit: mm (in)
66.654 - 66.663 66.663 - 66.672 66.672 - 66.681
Inner diameter of Cylinder block main bearing housing
(2.6242 - 2.6245) (2.6245 - 2.6249) (2.6249 - 2.6252)
Crankshaft main Grade
0 1 2
journal diameter (punched)
STD 0 STD 1 STD 2
● Bearing grade No.
1.816 - 1.820 1.820 - 1.824 1.824 - 1.828
62.967 - 62.975 ● Bearing thickness (0.0715 - 0.0717) (0.0717 - 0.0718) (0.0718 - 0.0720)
0
(2.4790 - 2.4793) ● Oil clearance 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066
(0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026)
● Identification color
Black Brown Green
EM-248
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
STD 1 STD 2 STD 3
1.820 - 1.824 1.824 - 1.828 1.828 - 1.832 A
62.959 - 62.967 ● Bearing thickness (0.0717 - 0.0718) (0.0718 - 0.0720) (0.0720 - 0.0721)
1
(2.4787 - 2.6790) ● Oil clearance 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066
(0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026)
● Identification color EM
Brown Green Yellow
STD 2 STD 3 STD 4
1.824 - 1.828 1.828 - 1.832 1.832 - 1.836
62.951 - 62.959 ● Bearing thickness (0.0718 - 0.0720) (0.0720 - 0.0721) (0.0721 - 0.0723) C
2
(2.4784 - 2.4787) ● Oil clearance 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066 0.039 - 0.066
(0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026) (0.0015 - 0.0026)
● Identification color
Green Yellow Blue
D
Undersize Bearing Usage
● If bearing clearance is out of the specifications for main bearings in standard size, use undersize bear-
ings. E
● When using undersize bearings, measure bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind crank-
shaft journals to adjust clearance to the specification.
Main Bearing Undersize List F
Unit: mm (in)
Size Thickness
G
US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.949 - 1.953 (0.0767 - 0.0769)
CAUTION:
When grinding crankshaft main journals to use undersize bear- H
ings, keep corners radius of fillet R.
Standard dimension R : 1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.0591 - 0.0669 in)
I
PBIC2200E K
Inspection after Disassembly BBS00175
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY

L
● Using dial indicator, measure crankshaft travel amount by mov-
ing the crankshaft forward or backward.
Standard : 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) M
Limit : 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)
● If the value exceeds the limit, replace thrust bearings with new
ones and measure again.
If the measurement exceeds the limit again, replace crankshaft
with a new one.
PBIC2377E
EM-249
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
● Using feeler gauge, measure side clearance between connect-
ing rod and crankshaft arm.
Standard : 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138 in)
Limit : 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)
● If measured value exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod and
repeat measurement.
If measured value still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft.
JEM203G
PISTON TO PISTON PIN CLEARANCE

Piston Pin Bore Diameter
Using inside micrometer, measure piston pin bore diameter.
Standard : 28.003 - 28.009 mm (1.1025 - 1.1027 in)
PBIC0116E

Using micrometer, measure piston pin outer diameter.
Standard : 27.995 - 28.000 mm (1.1022 - 1.1024 in)
PBIC0117E
Calculation of Piston to Piston Pin Clearance

(Piston pin clearance) = (Piston pin bore diameter) − (Piston pin outer diameter)
Standard : 0.003 - 0.014 mm (0.0001 - 0.0006 in)
● If out of the standard, replace piston/piston pin assembly.
● When replacing piston and piston pin assembly, refer to EM-254, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE
CLEARANCE" .
NOTE:
Piston is available together with piston pin as assembly.
EM-250
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE
● Using feeler gauge, measure the side clearance between piston A
ring and piston ring groove.
Unit: mm (in)
Item Standard Limit EM
Top ring 0.050 - 0.090 (0.0020 - 0.0035) 0.2 (0.008)
2nd ring 0.050 - 0.090 (0.0020 - 0.0035) 0.1 (0.004)
C
Oil ring 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) —
SEM024AA
D
● Align top ring and external surface of piston. Measure lower side
clearance of top ring with top ring pressed onto upper side of E
ring groove.
● If side clearance exceeds the limit, replace piston ring.
● Check clearance again. If side clearance still exceeds the limit, F
replace piston.
FEM100
H
PISTON RING END GAP
● Make sure that cylinder bore diameter is within the specifica-
tions. Refer to EM-254, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE
CLEARANCE" . I
● Lubricate with new engine oil to piston and piston ring, and then
insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and mea-
sure piston ring end gap with feeler gauge. J
Unit: mm (in)
Item Standard Limit
K
Top ring 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118)
2nd ring 0.31 - 0.51 (0.0122 - 0.0201) 1.0 (0.039) FEM101
Oil ring 0.30 - 0.55 (0.0118 - 0.0217) L

● If out of the limit, replace piston ring. If gap still exceeds the limit even with a new ring, re-bore cylinder
and use oversize piston and piston ring. Refer to EM-254, "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE"
. M
EM-251
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION
● Use connecting rod aligner to check bend and torsion.
Bend limit : 0.12 mm (0.0047 in)/100 mm (3.94 in)
Torsion limit : 0.12 mm (0.0047 in)/100 mm (3.94 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly.
PBIC2077E
CONNECTING ROD BIG END INNER DIAMETER

● Install connecting rod caps without connecting rod bearings and
tighten connecting rod nuts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-
239, "ASSEMBLY" .
● Using inside micrometer, measure connecting rod big end inner
diameter.
Standard : 55.000 - 55.013 mm (2.1654 - 2.1659 in)
● If out of the standard, replace connecting rod.
PBIC1641E
CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE

Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter
Use inside micrometer to measure bushing inner diameter.
Standard : 28.026 - 28.038 mm (1.1034 - 1.1039 in)
PBIC0120E
EM-252
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
Use micrometer to measure piston pin outer diameter. A
Standard : 27.995 - 28.000 mm (1.1022 - 1.1024 in)
EM
PBIC0117E
D
Calculation of Connecting Rod Bushing Clearance

(Connecting rod bushing clearance) = (Connecting rod bushing inner diameter) − (Piston pin outer diameter) E
Standard : 0.026 - 0.043 mm (0.0010 - 0.0017 in)
Limit : 0.057 mm (0.0022 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod and/or piston and piston pin assembly. Refer to EM-246, F
"HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING" and/or EM-246, "HOW TO SELECT PISTON" .
CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION G
● Using scraper, remove gasket installed onto cylinder block sur-
face. Remove contamination such as engine oil, scale, and car-
bon.
H
CAUTION:
Keep broken pieces of gasket clear of engine oil and engine
coolant passages.
I
● Use straightedge and feeler gauge to check block upper surface
for six distortion.
Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) J
● If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder block. SEM501G
MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER

K
● Without installing main bearings, install main bearing caps, and
tighten bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-239, "ASSEM-
BLY" .
L
● Measure the inner diameter of main bearing housing with a bore
gauge.
Standard : 66.654 - 66.681 mm (2.6242 - 2.6252 in) M
● If the measurement is out of the standard, replace cylinder block
and main bearing caps.
NOTE:
These components cannot be replaced as a single unit, because PBIC1643E
they were processed together.
EM-253
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE
Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter
● Using bore gauge, measure cylinder inner diameters at six posi-
tions; top, middle, and bottom (“A”, “B”, “C”) in 2 directions (“X”,
“Y”).
Cylinder bore inner diameter
: 86.000 - 86.030 mm (3.3858 - 3.3870 in)
Wear limit
: 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
Out-of-round limit (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
: 0.015 mm (0.0006 in) JEM207G
Taper limit (Difference between “A“ and “C”)

: 0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches

and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, hone or bore the inner
wall.
● Oversize piston is provided. When using oversize piston, hone
the cylinder so that the clearance between piston and cylinder
satisfies the standard.
CAUTION:
If oversize piston is used, use it for all cylinders with over-
size piston rings.
Oversize (OS) : 0.25 mm (0.0098 in) PBIC2246E
: 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)

Piston Skirt Diameter
Use micrometer to measure piston skirt diameter.
Piston skirt diameter
Measurement position : 11.0 mm (0.43 in)
Distance from the bottom
Standard : 85.928 - 85.962 mm
(3.3830 - 3.3843 in)
0.25 (0.0098) O/S : 86.188 - 86.202
(3.3932 - 3.3938 in)
0.50 (0.0197) O/S : 86.438 - 86.452 PBIC0125E
(3.4031 - 3.4036 in)
Calculation of Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance
● Calculate using piston skirt diameter and cylinder bore inner diameter (direction “X”, position “B”).
(Clearance) = (Cylinder bore inner diameter) − (Piston skirt diameter)
Specifications at room temperature [20°C (68°F)]:
Standard : 0.058 - 0.082 mm (0.0023 - 0.0032 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace piston and piston pin assembly. Refer to EM-246, "HOW TO SELECT PIS-
TON" .
Reboring Cylinder Bore
1. Determine the cylinder bore size by adding piston-to-cylinder bore clearance to piston skirt diameter.
Rebore size calculation:
D=A+B–C
Where,
EM-254
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
D: Bored diameter
A
A: Piston skirt diameter as measured
B: Piston-to-cylinder bore clearance
C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) EM
2. Install main bearing caps and tighten bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-239, "ASSEMBLY" . This
will prevent distortion of cylinder bores.
3. Cut cylinder bore. C
NOTE:
● When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored.
● Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time. Cut only 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or so at a time. D
4. Hone cylinders to obtain the specified piston-to-cylinder bore clearance.
5. Measure finished cylinder bore for the out-of-round and taper.
E
NOTE:
● Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down.
CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER F

● Use micrometer to measure main journal diameter.
Standard : 62.951 - 62.975 mm (2.4784 - 2.4793 in)
G
● If out of the standard, measure the main bearing oil clearance.
then use the undersize bearing. Refer to EM-257, "MAIN BEAR-
ING OIL CLEARANCE" .
H
I
FEM114
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER

● Use micrometer to measure crankshaft pin journal diameter. J
Standard : 51.954 - 51.974 mm (2.0454 - 2.0462 in)

● If out of the standard, measure the connecting rod bearing oil K
clearance. then use the undersize bearing. Refer to EM-256,
"CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" .
L
M
PBIC0127E
CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER

● Using micrometer, measure each main journal and pin journal at
four points shown in the figure.
● Out-of-round value is indicated by difference in dimensions
between directions “X” and “Y” at points “A” and “B”.
● Taper value is indicated by difference in dimensions between
points “A” and “B” in directions“X” and“Y”.
Out-of-round: (Difference between “X” and “Y”)
Standard : 0.003 mm (0.0001 in)
Limit : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
PBIC2203E
Taper: (Difference between “A” and “B”)
Standard : 0.003 mm (0.0001 in)
Limit : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in)
EM-255
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
● If the measured value exceeds the limit, correct or replace crankshaft.
● If corrected, measure the bearing oil clearance of the corrected main journal and/or pin journal. Then
select the main bearing or connecting rod bearing. Refer to EM-257, "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE"
and/or EM-256, "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" .
CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT
● Place V-block onto surface plate to support main journal at both
ends of crankshaft.
● Position dial indicator vertically onto No. 3 journal.
● Rotate crankshaft to read needle movement on dial indicator
(total indicator reading).
Standard : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Limit : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft.
PBIC2378E
CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE

Method by Measurement
● Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and
tighten connecting nuts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-239,
"ASSEMBLY" . Use inside micrometer to measure connecting
rod bearing inner diameter.
(Bearing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bearing inner diame-
ter) − (Crankshaft pin journal diameter)
Standard : 0.031 - 0.061 mm (0.0012 - 0.0024 in)
● If clearance exceeds the standard, select proper connecting rod
bearing according to connecting rod big end diameter and
crankshaft pin journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil PBIC1642E
clearance. Refer to EM-246, "HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING
ROD BEARING" .
● Remove contamination such as engine oil, dust completely from
crankshaft pin journal and each bearing surface.
● Cut plastigage slightly shorter than bearing width, place it in
crankshaft direction, avoiding oil holes.
● Install connecting rod bearings to caps, and tighten connecting
rod nuts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-239, "ASSEMBLY"
for the tightening procedure.
CAUTION:
● Remove connecting rod caps and bearings, and measure plasti- EM142
gage width using scale on plastigage bag.
NOTE:
If out of specification, take same action mentioned in “Method by Measurement”.
EM-256
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE
Method by Measurement A
● Install main bearings to cylinder block and bearing cap, and
tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-239,
"ASSEMBLY" . Then, measure the inner diameter of main bear- EM
ings.
(Bearing clearance) = (Bearing inner diameter) − (Crankshaft
main journal diameter) C
Standard : 0.039 - 0.066 mm (0.0015 - 0.0026 in)
● If out of the standard, check main bearing housing inner diame-
ter and crankshaft main journal diameter, and select appropriate D
main bearing to adjust clearance to specifications. Refer to EM- PBIC1644E
248, "HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING" .
E
● Remove contamination such as engine oil and dust completely
from crankshaft main journal and each bearing surface.
F
● Cut plastigage slightly shorter than bearing width. Place it in
crankshaft turning direction, avoiding oil holes.
● Install main bearings and bearing cap and tighten to the speci-
fied torque. Refer to EM-239, "ASSEMBLY" for the tightening G
procedure.
CAUTION:
Do not rotate crankshaft. H
● Remove main bearings and bearing caps, and measure plasti- EM142
gage width using scale on plastigage bag.
NOTE: I
If out of specification, take same action mentioned in “Method by Measurement”.
CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING
J
● When bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the speci-
fied torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of bearing
must protrude. Refer to EM-239, "ASSEMBLY" .
K
● If out of the standard, replace main bearings.
L
M
SEM502G
CRUSH HEIGHT OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING

● When connecting rod bearing cap is removed after being tight-
ened to the specified torque with connecting rod bearings
installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-239,
"ASSEMBLY" .
● If out of the standard, replace connecting rod bearings.
PBIC1646E
EM-257
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT DEFORMATION
● Measure the outer diameter of threaded area, “d1” and “d2”, at
the points specified in the figure.
● When the necked point is identified at a point other than where
specified, measure at the point as “d2”.
● Calculate the difference between “d1” and “d2”.
Limit : 0.13 mm (0.0051 in)
● If it exceeds the limit, replace main bearing cap bolt.
JEM219G
CONNECTING ROD BOLT DEFORMATION

● Install nuts to connecting rod bolts. Make sure that the nut can
be screwed smoothly on bolt threads by hand to the last thread
on the bolt.
● If the nut does not screw in smoothly, measure the outer diame-
ter of the bolt thread at the point specified in the figure.
● If a necked point is identified, measure at that point.
Standard : 8.90 - 9.00 mm (0.3504 - 0.3543 in) dia.
Limit : 8.75 mm (0. 3445 in) dia.
● If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod bolts and nuts. JEM220G
OIL JET
● Check nozzle for deformation and damage.
● Blow compressed air from nozzle, and check for clogs.
Standard : No deformation and no damage.
● If out of the standard, replace oil jet.
JEM221G
OIL JET RELIEF VALVE

● Using clean plastic stick, press check valve in oil jet relief valve.
Make sure that valve moves smoothly with proper reaction
force.
Standard:
Valve moves smoothly with proper reaction force.
● If out of the standard, replace oil jet relief valve.
JEM222G
EM-258
CYLINDER BLOCK
[YD22DDTi]
FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION
● Measure the deflection of flywheel contact surface to clutch with A
a dial indicator.
● Measure the deflection at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia.
EM
Standard : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less.
CAUTION: C
When measuring, keep magnetic fields (such as dial indicator
stand) away from signal plate of the rear end of crankshaft.
PBIC2646E
D
MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL

CAUTION: E
Do not disassemble double mass flywheel.
Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction
● Measure the movement amount of thrust (fore-and-aft) direction when 100 N (10.2 kg, 22 lb) force is F
added at the portion of 125 mm (4.92 in) radius from the center of flywheel.
Standard : 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less
G
Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction
Check the movement amount of radial (rotation) direction with the following procedure: H
1. Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel
center line.
● Tighten bolt at a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) to keep it from loosening. I
2. Put a matching mark on circumferences of the two flywheel
masses without applying any load (Measurement standard
points). J
3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction,
and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle
side. K
4. Measure the dimensions of movement amounts “A” and “B” on
circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side.
L
Standard: 26.2 mm (1.031 in) or less.
● If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel. PBIC1263E
EM-259
[YD22DDTi]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Standard and Limit BBS00176
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cylinder arrangement In-line 4
Displacement Unit: cm3 (cu in) 2,184 (133.27)
Bore and stroke Unit: mm (in) 86 x 94 (3.39 x 3.70)
Valve arrangement DOHC
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Compression 2
Number of piston rings
Oil 1
Number of main bearings 5
Compression ratio 16.7
Standard 2,991 (29.9, 30.5, 434)
Minimum 2,452 (24.5, 25.0, 356)
Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi)/200 rpm
Differential limit between cylinders 490 (4.9, 5.0, 71)
Valve timing
EM120
Unit: degree
a b c d e f
224 212 2 30 -2 46
INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD

Unit: mm (in)
Item Limit
Intake manifold 0.1 (0.004)
Surface distortion
Exhaust manifold 0.3 (0.012)
DRIVE BELTS
Belt Deflection:
Unit: mm (in)
Belt deflection with 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) force applied*
Applied belt
New Adjusted Limit for re-adjusting
4-5 6-7
A/C compressor belt 8.5 (0.335)
(0.16 - 0.20) (0.24 - 0.28)
9.0 - 10.5 11.0 - 12.5
Alternator and water pump belt 16.5 (0.650)
(0.354 - 0.413) (0.433 - 0.492)
*: When engine is cold.
EM-260
[YD22DDTi]
CAMSHAFT
Unit: mm (in) A
Item Standard Limit
Camshaft journal oil clearance 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034)
EM
No.1 30.500 - 30.521 (1.2008 - 1.2016)
Camshaft bracket inner diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 24.000 - 24.021 (0.9449 - 0.9457)
—
No. 1 30.435 - 30.455 (1.1982 - 1.1990) C
Camshaft journal outer diameter
No. 2, 3, 4, 5 23.935 - 23.955 (0.9423 - 0.9431)
Camshaft runout [TIR*] — 0.02 (0.0008)
Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] — 0.15 (0.0059) D
Camshaft end play 0.070 - 0.148 (0.0028 - 0.0058) 0.24 (0.0094)
SEM671 H
Intake 39.505 - 39.695 (1.5553 - 1.5628)
Cam nose height “A”
Exhaust 39.905 - 40.095 (1.5711 - 1.5785)
I
Valve Lifter
Unit: mm (in) J
Item Standard
Valve lifter outer diameter 29.960 - 29.975 (1.1795 - 1.1801)
K
Valve lifter hole diameter 30.000 - 30.021 (1.1811 - 1.1819)
Valve lifter clearance 0.025 - 0.061 (0.0010 - 0.0024)
L
Valve Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Item Cold Hot* (Reference data)
M
Intake 0.24 - 0.32 (0.0094 - 0.0126) 0.274 - 0.386 (0.0108 - 0.0152)
Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.0102 - 0.0134) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.0121 - 0.0170)
*: Approximately 80°C (176°F)
Available Shims
Stamped mark Thickness mm (in)
2.10 2.10 (0.0827)
2.12 2.12 (0.0835)
2.14 2.14 (0.0843)
2.16 2.16 (0.0850)
2.18 2.18 (0.0858)
2.20 2.20 (0.0866)
2.22 2.22 (0.0874)
2.24 2.24 (0.0882)
EM-261
[YD22DDTi]
Stamped mark Thickness mm (in)
2.26 2.26 (0.0890)
2.28 2.28 (0.0898)
2.30 2.30 (0.0906)
2.32 2.32 (0.0913)
2.34 2.34 (0.0921)
2.36 2.36 (0.0929)
2.38 2.38 (0.0937)
2.40 2.40 (0.0954)
2.42 2.42 (0.0953)
2.44 2.44 (0.0961)
2.46 2.46 (0.0969)
2.48 2.48 (0.0976)
2.50 2.50 (0.0984)
2.52 2.52 (0.0992)
2.54 2.54 (0.1000)
2.56 2.56 (0.1008)
2.58 2.58 (0.1016)
2.60 2.60 (0.1024)
2.62 2.62 (0.1031)
2.64 2.64 (0.1039)
2.66 2.66 (0.1047)
2.68 2.68 (0.1055)
2.70 2.70 (0.1063)
2.72 2.72 (0.1071)
2.74 2.74 (0.1079)
SEM512G
EM-262
[YD22DDTi]
CYLINDER HEAD
Unit: mm (in) A
Item Standard Limit
Cylinder head distortion Less than 0.03 (0.0012) 0.1 (0.004)
EM
E
JEM204G
VALVE
Valve Dimensions F
Unit: mm (in)
SEM188
J
Intake 28.0 - 28.3 (1.102 - 1.114)
Valve head diameter “D”
Exhaust 26.0 - 26.3 (1.024 - 1.035)
Intake 106.72 (4.2016) K
Valve length “L”
Exhaust 106.36 (4.1874)
Intake 5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354)
Valve stem diameter “d” L
Exhaust 5.945 - 5.960 (0.2341 - 0.2346)
Valve seat angle “α” 45 degrees 15′ - 45 degrees 45′
Intake 1.60 (0.0630) M
Valve margin “T”
Exhaust 1.48 (0.0583)
Valve margin “T” limit More than 1.0 (0.039)
Valve stem end surface grinding limit Less than 0.2 (0.008)
EM-263
[YD22DDTi]
Valve Guide
Unit: mm (in)
JEM156G
Item Standard Service

Valve guide Outer diameter 10.023 - 10.034 (0.3946 - 0.3950) 10.223 - 10.234 (0.4025 - 0.4029)
Valve guide Inner diameter (Finished size) 6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369)
Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter 9.975 - 9.996 (0.3927 - 0.3935) 10.175 - 10.196 (0.4006 - 0.4014)
Interference fit of valve guide 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023)
Item Standard Limit
Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) 0.08 (0.0031)
Valve guide clearance
Exhaust 0.040 - 0.073 (0.0016 - 0.0029) 0.10 (0.0039)
Projection length 10.4 - 10.6 (0.409 - 0.417)
EM-264
[YD22DDTi]
Valve Seat
Unit: mm (in) A
EM
PBIC4054E
JEM253G
Items Standard Oversize [0.5 (0.02)] (Service)
Cylinder head seat (1) recess diam- Intake 30.000 - 30.016 (1.1811 - 1.1817) 30.500 - 30.516 (1.2008 - 1.2014)
eter “D” Exhaust 29.000 - 29.016 (1.1417 - 1.1424) 29.500 - 29.516 (1.1614 - 1.1620)
Intake (A) 30.080 - 30.100 (1.1842 - 1.1850) 30.580 - 30.600 (1.2039 - 1.2047)
Valve seat outer diameter “d”
Exhaust (B) 29.080 - 29.096 (1.1449 - 1.1455) 29.580 - 29.596 (1.1646 - 1.1652)
Intake (A) 0.064 - 0.100 (0.0025 - 0.0039)
Valve seat interference fit
Exhaust (B) 0.064 - 0.096 (0.0025 - 0.0038)
Intake (A) 27.6 - 27.8 (1.087 - 1.094)
Diameter “d1”
Exhaust (B) 25.4 - 25.6 (1.000 - 1.008)
EM-265
[YD22DDTi]
Intake (A) 25.9 (1.020) —
Diameter “d2”
Exhaust (B) —
Intake (A) 25.3 - 25.7 (0.996 - 1.012)
Diameter “d3”
Exhaust (B) 23.3 - 23.7 (0.917 - 0.933)
Angle “α” 44°22′30″ - 45°7′30″ 45°
Intake (A) 7.0 - 7.1 (0.276 - 0.280) 6.6 - 6.7 (0.260 - 0.264)
Height “h1”
Exhaust (B) 6.7 - 6.8 (0.264 - 0.268) 6.3 - 6.4 (0.248 - 0.252)
Intake (A) 2.32 - 2.34 (0.0913 - 0.0921)
Height “h2”
Exhaust (B) 2.85 - 2.87 (0.1122 - 0.1130)
Intake 8.83 - 9.13 (0.3476 - 0.3594)
Depth “H”
Exhaust 9.06 - 9.36 (0.3567 - 0.3685)
Intake 36.53 - 36.98 (1.4382 - 1.4559)
Projection (L)
Exhaust 36.53 - 37.01 (1.4382 - 1.4571)
Valve Spring
Valve spring square mm (in) 1.9 (0.075)
Free height mm (in) 43.7 (1.720)
Pressure N (kg, lb) at height mm (in) 184 - 208 (18.77 - 21.22, 41.4 - 46.8) at 32.82 (1.2921)
Height during valve open mm (in) 24.82 (0.9772)
Load with valve open N (kg, lb) 320 - 360 (32.65 - 36.73, 71.9 - 80.9)
CYLINDER BLOCK
Unit: mm (in)
JEM207G
Standard Less than 0.03 (0.0012)

Top surface distortion
Limit 0.1 (0.004)
Grade No. 1 86.000 - 86.010 (3.3858 - 3.3862)
Standard Grade No. 2 86.010 - 86.020 (3.3862 - 3.3866)
Cylinder bore Inner diameter
Grade No. 3 86.020 - 86.030 (3.3866 - 3.3870)
Wear limit 0.20 (0.008)
Out-of-round (Difference
0.015 (0.0006)
between X and Y)
Limit
Taper (Difference between A
0.010 (0.0004)
and C)
Main bearing housing inner diameter (Without bearing) 66.654 - 66.681 (2.6242 - 2.6252)
Difference in inner diameter
Limit 0.05 (0.0020)
between cylinders
EM-266
[YD22DDTi]
PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN
Available Piston A
Unit: mm (in)
EM
MBIA0026E
E
Grade No. 1 85.928 - 85.942 (3.3830 - 3.3835)
Grade No. 2 85.938 - 85.952 (3.3834 - 3.3839)
Piston outer diameter “A” Standard Grade No. 3 85.948 - 85.962 (3.3838 - 3.3843) F
0.25 (0.0098) O/S (Service) 86.188 - 86.202 (3.3932 - 3.3938)
0.50 (0.0197) O/S (Service) 86.438 - 86.452 (3.4031 - 3.4036)
G
“a” dimension 11.0 (0.43)
Piston pin bore diameter 28.003 - 28.009 (1.1025 - 1.1027)
Piston to cylinder bore clearance 0.058 - 0.082 (0.0023 - 0.0032) H
Piston Ring
Unit: mm (in)
I
Item Standard Limit
Top 0.050 - 0.090 (0.0020 - 0.0035) 0.2 (0.008)
Side clearance 2nd 0.050 - 0.090 (0.0020 - 0.0035) 0.1 (0.004) J
Oil ring 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) —
Top 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118) 1.0 (0.039)
End gap 2nd 0.31 - 0.51 (0.0122 - 0.0201) 1.0 (0.039) K
Oil ring 0.30 - 0.55 (0.0118 - 0.0217) 1.0 (0.039)
Piston Pin L
Unit: mm (in)
Piston pin outer diameter 27.995 - 28.000 (1.1022 - 1.1024)
Piston to piston pin clearance 0.003 - 0.014 (0.0001 - 0.0006) M
Standard 0.026 - 0.043 (0.0010 - 0.0017)
Connecting rod bushing oil clearance
Limit 0.057 (0.0022)
EM-267
[YD22DDTi]
CONNECTING ROD
Unit: mm (in)
Center distance 157.5 (6.201)
Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.12 (0.0047)
Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.12 (0.0047)
Connecting rod bushing inner diameter* 28.026 - 28.038 (1.1034 - 1.1039)
Connecting rod big end inner diameter* 55.000 - 55.013 (2.1654 - 2.1659)
Standard 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138)
Side clearance
Limit 0.40 (0.0157)
*: After installing in connecting rod
CRANKSHAFT
Unit: mm (in)
Main journal dia. “Dm” 62.951 - 62.975 (2.4784 - 2.4793)
Pin journal dia. “Dp” 51.954 - 51.974 (2.0454 - 2.0462)
Center distance “r” 46.97 - 47.03 (1.8492 - 1.8516)
Out-of-round (Difference between X Standard 0.003 (0.0001)

and Y) Limit 0.005 (0.0002)
Standard 0.003 (0.0001)
Taper (Difference between A and B)
Limit 0.005 (0.0002)
Standard 0.05 (0.0020)
Runout [TIR*]
Limit 0.10 (0.0039)
Standard 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
End play
Limit 0.30 (0.0118)
SEM645 SBIA0535E
EM-268
[YD22DDTi]
AVAILABLE MAIN BEARING
Main bearing A
Unit: mm (in)
EM
SEM255G
E
Grade number Thickness “T” Width “W” Identification color
STD 0 1.816 - 1.820 (0.0715 - 0.0717) Black
STD 1 1.820 - 1.824 (0.0717 - 0.0718) Brown F
STD 2 1.824 - 1.828 (0.0718 - 0.0720) 19.9 - 20.1 (0.783 - 0.791) Green
STD 3 1.828 - 1.832 (0.0720 - 0.0721) Yellow
G
STD 4 1.832 - 1.836 (0.0721 - 0.0723) Blue
Undersize
Unit: mm (in) H
Size Thickness Main journal diameter “Dm”
Grind so that bearing clearance is the
0.25 (0.0098) 1.949 - 1.953 (0.0767 - 0.0769)
specified value. I
Bearing oil clearance
Unit: mm (in)
J
Main bearing oil clearance Standard 0.039 - 0.066 (0.0015 - 0.0026)
AVAILABLE CONNECTING ROD BEARING

Connecting Rod Bearing K
Unit: mm (in)
Grade number Thickness “T” Width “W” Identification color (mark)
STD 0 1.492 - 1.496 (0.0587 - 0.0589) Black L
22.9 - 23.1
STD 1 1.496 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown
(0.902 - 0.909)
STD 2 1.500 - 1.504 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green
M
Undersize
Unit: mm (in)
Size Thickness Crankshaft pin journal diameter “Dp”
0.08 (0.0031) 1.536 - 1.540 (0.0605 - 0.0606)
Grind so that bearing clearance is the
0.12 (0.0047) 1.556 - 1.560 (0.0613 - 0.0614)
specified value.
0.25 (0.0098) 1.621 - 1.625 (0.0638 - 0.0640)
EM-269
[YD22DDTi]
Bearing Oil Clearance
Unit: mm (in)
Connecting rod bearing oil
Standard 0.031 - 0.061 (0.0012 - 0.0024)
clearance
EM-270

2006 Nissan X Trail 52419

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2006 Nissan X Trail 52419

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2006 Nissan X Trail 52419

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE MECHANICAL

Drain engine coolant when engine is cooled.

REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET

3. Attach liquid gasket tube to the tube presser (SST).

● Do not retighten mounting bolts or nut after the installation.

● Wait 30 minutes or more after installation before refilling

ST0501S000 Disassembling and assembling

KV10112100 Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen

KV10107902 Removing valve oil seal

KV10115600 Installing valve oil seal

EM03470000 Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore

ST16610001 Removing pilot converter

WS39930000 Pressing the tube of liquid gasket

KV11103000 Removing crankshaft pulley

Quick connector release Removing fuel tube quick connectors in

Spark plug wrench Removing and installing spark plug

Pulley holder Crankshaft pulley removing and installing D

Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring

Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide

Valve guide reamer 1: Reaming valve guide inner hole

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

Anti-seize lubricant i.e.: (PermatexTM Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning

Manual lift table caddy Removing and installing engine

1. Locate the area where noise occurs.

Piston to piston pin oil

3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter such as

2. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter such as

1. Drive belt auto-tensioner 2. Water pump pulley

Removal and Installation BBS00157

1. Air cleaner filter 2. Clip 3. Air cleaner case upper

● Do not disassemble it.

● Do not touch its sensor.

Removal and Installation (QR20DE) BBS00159

1. Vacuum hose 2. Intake manifold 3. PCV hose

4. Remove electric throttle control actuator with the following procedure:

Electric Throttle Control Actuator

1. Bracket 2. PCV hose 3. Intake manifold collector

4. Remove electric throttle control actuator with the following procedure:

Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in)

: 10.8 N·m (1.1 kg-m, 8 ft-lb)

Intake Manifold Collector

Electric Throttle Control Actuator

Exhaust manifold and three way cat- J

● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been

2. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

Heated Oxygen Sensor

1. Oil level gauge 2. Oil level gauge guide 3. O-ring J

4. Remove oil strainer.

c. Install new O-rings at front cover side. J

b. Apply a continuous bead of liquid gasket with a tube presser

c. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown in the figure.

4. Install oil pan drain plug.

1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover

Removal and Installation BBS0015E

1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL (EXCEPT RUSSIA)

● If plug tip is covered with carbon, spark plug cleaner may

● Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between